The URL can be used to link to this page

SAFETY HARBOR SANITARY SEWER FLOW METER REPLACEMENT - 11-0035-UT O Clear,iwater0 %" CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Project: Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacements Contract Number: 11-0035-UT Location: Allen Ave. at Rigsby Ln., Briar Creek at NE AWWTP Service Rd., and Cedar St. at McMullen Booth Rd.; Clearwater, FL Contract Date: June 2, 2014 Notice to Proceed Date: July 15, 2014 Substantial Completion Date: January 23, 2015 Warranty Expiration Date: January 23, 2016 Consultant: Cardno TBE The work performed under this Contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the Owner, Contractor, and Consultant, and the Project(or specified part of the Project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. DEFINITION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Substantial completion is the stage in construction when a project or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with contract documents so that the Owner can use the work or portion thereof for its intended use. Items that affect operational integrity and function of the work must be capable of continuous use. By: Cardno TBE (Consultant) Authorized Representative Date The Contractor accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and attests that they have completed and corrected all items on the punch list. By: Metro Equipment Service, Inc. (Contractor) Authorized Representative Date The Owner accepts the specified area of the Project as Substantially Complete and will assume full possession of the specified area of the Project on January 23, 2015. The responsibility for utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth in the Contract Documents. By: City of Clearwater Authorized Representative Date 0 Clearwater Certificate of Substantial Completion, Page 2 of 2 PROJECT PUNCH LIST The punch list has been completed in full. PROJECT ONE YEAR WARRANTY Contract Section Ill, 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and(ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom... Where defective Work(and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. Substantial Completion Date: January 23, 2015 Warranty Expiration Date: January 23, 2016 A copy of this signed and executed document should be provided to the following parties: Project Owner Project Contractor Project Consultant (if applicable) City Construction Office Specialist Project File 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SAFETY HARBOR SANITARY SEWER FLOW METER REPLACEMENTS (11- 0035 -UT) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for Uearwater March 2014 It3R» CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 5A E(MAV° 4"r' THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER astern Insurance Group, Inc. 570 SW 107 Avenue uite 104 Miami FL 33176 CONTACT David M. Lopez ?p!�N E.& (305) 595 -3323 I I NOk (305)595 -7135 ADDRELSS, care easterninsurance. net INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER Masco Insurance Company 25011 SURED tro Equipment Service, Inc. Metro Elite Construction, Inc. 415 SW '72 Street, Suite 131 'ami. FL 33173 INSURER B :North River Insurance Co. 21105 INSURERcBridgefield Employers Insuranc 10701 INSURER D:Endurance American Specialty 41718 INSURER E :Evanston Insurance Company ,35378 INSURER F: OVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBERi4aster 13 -14 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD IINDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSR NVD POLICY NUMBER IMF IYYYY) (M POLICY MIDD/YYYY) UNITS Ix GENERAL LIABIUTY X I!PP1044503 -2 8/8/2013 8/8/2014 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGES S (Ea ENTEDnce) PREMI E c urr $ 300, 000 A I I CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 10,000 X XCU Coverage Included PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 X Broad Form PD GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: —I POLICY I X I IFRa n LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG 5 2,000,000 $ likAUTOMOBILE ' LIABILITY x y WPP1044503-2 8/8/2013 8/8/2014 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) 5 1,000,000 X — — — ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ALL OWNED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS SCHEDULED NON-OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ Medical payments $ 5,000 X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS UAB _ OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE X 581 - 102029-8 8/8/2013 8/8/2014 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 3,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 6,000,000 DED I I RETENTION S $ !Ir I WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE Y! N OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? n (Mandatory in NH) I( yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below N/A y 830 -48466 6/26/2013 6/26/2014 i X i TORYTI AAIU- I I ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT S 1,000,000 D XS of $3M /$6M Umbrella DXS of $10 /$13M Umbrella ELD10004236500 XOVA744113 9/23/2013 9/23/2013 8/8/2014 8/8/2014 $7,000,000 $5,000,000 ESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, H more space is required) RE: Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacements #11- 0035 -UT II ERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION 27)562 -4755 City of Clearwater PO Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758 -4748 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE David Lopez /AMANDA CORD 25 (2010/05) 5025 munnm n1 01988 -2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. That Annan name snrl Innn swat retrilatatratel mark. of Annar1 City of Clearwater, Florida SAFETY HARBOR METER REPLACEMENT (11- 0035 -UT) TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION II SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer Cover.doc Page 11 10/10/2008 SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SAFETY HARBOR SANITARY SEWER FLOW METER REPLACEMENTS CONTRACT #11- 0035 -UT CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www .myClearwater.com/cityprojects, ON MONDAY, MARCH 24, 2014, until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of the replacement of three (3) existing venturi flow meters with electromagnetic flow meters, associated pipe work, electrical work instrumentation, and appurtenances required for three (3) complete installations. The flow meters are used to measure wastewater flow and are installed on force mains. MANDATORY Pre -Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on THURSDAY, APRIL 3, 2014 AT 11:00 A.M., in the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 1st Floor, Room 130, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3rd Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520, until 1:30 P.M. on TUESDAY, APRIL 22, 2014 AT 1:30 P.M.. The bids will be publicly opened in Purchasing Conference Room 342 and read at that hour and place for SAFETY HARBOR SANITARY SEWER FLOW METER REPLACEMENTS, CONTRACT #11- 0035 -UT. A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub - contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre - qualified Contractors in the construction category of Water and Force Mains with a minimum pre - qualification amount of $300,000. Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks /ten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida Michael Murray, Purchasing Manager (727) 562 -4633 Sectionl Page 1 of 1 3/1/2013 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6 CONTRACT TIME 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 3 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15 OPENING OF BIDS 5 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19 BID PROTEST 8 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 SectionIl.docx i 7/29/2013 Section I1 — Instructions to Bidders 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room — website address: www .myclearwater.com /cityprojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non - refundable. A complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid /proposal form is available only to pre - qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre - qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub - bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre - qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre - qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758 -4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562 -4750. Pre - Qualification requirements information is also available on City of Clearwater Website at address: www. myclearwater. com/ gov/ depts/ pwa/ engin /Construction/prequal.asp. Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre - qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non - technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical Sectionll.docx Page 1 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, by the City's planroom to all parties recorded by the City's planroom as planholders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified at the pre -bid meeting prior to the date for opening of Sectionll.docx Page 2 of 9 7/29/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section 11 — Instructions to Bidders Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10 %) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. 6 CONTRACT TIME 6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Sectionll.docx Page 3 of 9 7/29/2013 Section 11 — Instructions to Bidders Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50 %) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10 BID /PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice - president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5 "x11" manila envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and SectionIl.docx Page 4 of 9 7/29/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section I1— Instructions to Bidders addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non - Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15 OPENING OF BIDS 15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees Sectionll.docx Page 5 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP). Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug -free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug -free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug -free workplace program. In order to have a drug -free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (I). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (3) Sectionll.docx Page 6 of 9 7/29/2013 (5) Section II — Instructions to Bidders Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does /does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5 The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statues (2013), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must SectionIl.docx Page 7 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he /she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. Sectionll.docx Page 8 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders 19.3 PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918 -08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60 - 553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction - related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction- related Best Management Practices. References EPA website SectionII.docx Page 9 of 9 7/29/2013 SECTION 111 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1 DEFINITIONS 1 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 5 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 5 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 7 3.1 INTENT 7 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 8 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 8 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS 9 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2 INSURANCE 9 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 10 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE 10 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 11 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS 12 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 13 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 14 6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 6.5 USE OF PREMISES 15 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 16 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 6.8 PERMITS 17 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17 6.10 EMERGENCIES 18 6.11 DRAWINGS 18 Sectionlll.docx i 7/31/2012 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: 23 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION 24 6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 7 OTHER WORK 24 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE 24 7.2 COORDINATION 25 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 25 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 25 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 25 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 26 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 26 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 26 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 27 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 28 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 28 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK 30 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 31 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION 31 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK 32 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 32 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.5 WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD 33 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 34 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 34 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 35 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 35 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION 36 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION 37 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 37 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 37 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS 38 SectionllLdocx ii 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 38 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 38 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE 38 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 40 17 MISCELLANEOUS 40 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 40 17.2 GIVING NOTICE 40 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION 41 17.7 ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS 41 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 41 19 MATERIAL USED 41 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION 42 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 42 22.1 GENERAL 42 22.2 EXAMPLE 42 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 43 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE 43 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 43 23.3 FIXED SIGN 44 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS 44 23.5 SIGN COLORING 44 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT 44 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE 44 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 45 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 45 25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA 46 AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 7/31/2012 SectionIlLdocx Section III — General Conditions 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding Sectionlll.docx Page 1 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule —CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty -four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent Sectionlll.docx Page 2 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.O.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish ", "furnish and install ", "install ", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service ". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Sectionlll.docx Page 3 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre- construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. Sectionlll.docx Page 4 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME /NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable Sectionlll.docx Page 5 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a Written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering Department to the Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, the preconstruction conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction Manager. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of construction stakeout and as -built survey. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification. 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi- weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. SectionIIl.docx Page 6 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well - known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. SectionlII.docx Page 7 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights -of -way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. Sectionlll.docx Page 8 of 49 7/31/2012 Section 1II — General Conditions 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one -hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily SectionIIl.docx Page 9 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner,. and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, shall remain in effect for at Least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise /Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products /Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: Sectionlll.docx Page 10 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise /Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products /Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: Sectionlll.docx Page 10 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section 111 — General Conditions 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non -owned vehicles: Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $1,000,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate (2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $1,000,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with employment exclusion deleted $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non -owned vehicles: Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self - insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. SectionllLdocx Page 11 of 49 7/31/2012 Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self - insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. SectionllLdocx Page 11 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub - contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed Sectionlll.docx Page 12 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $60.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. Sectionlll.docx Page 13 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. Sectionlll.docx Page 14 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right -of -ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. SectionIll.docx Page 15 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Sod must be restored within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11 -02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E- Verify System to verify employment eligibility. Sectionlll.docx Page 16 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 6.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to .protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when Sectionlll.docx Page 17 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty -one (21) consecutive calendar days. The Sectionlll.docx Page 18 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty -one (21) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20 %) of the total number of first time submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not SectionIII.docx Page 19 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up blueline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J- 17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J- 17.050 Definition: (10) (a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also knonw as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction Sectionlll.docx Page 20 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6 Standards The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J -17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming 6. DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix Sectionlll.docx Page 21 of 49 7/31/2012 Section 111 — General Conditions 6.11.3.1.2 Layer Naming Definiti GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. Sectionlll.docx Page 22 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0 °, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5 °, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable file formats include: DWG, of a shape file. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562 -4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahony @myClearwater.com. 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non - execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance ". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. Sectionlll.docx Page 23 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub - contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. 6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 7 OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. Sectionlll.docx Page 24 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section 111 — General Conditions The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2 COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. Sectionlll.docx Page 25 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's SectionllI.docx Page 26 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. Sectionlll.docx Page 27 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) Sectionlll.docx Page 28 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The. Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full- unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand -by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5 %), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10 %). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. Sectionlll.docx Page 29 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. Sectionlll.docx Page 30 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these Sectionlll.docx Page 31 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been Sectionlll.docx Page 32 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5 WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree Sectionlll.docx Page 33 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.73.5 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5 %) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and Sectionlll.docx Page 34 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on -site marked up as -built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and /or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty -five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. Sectionlll.docx Page 35 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set -off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. Sectionlll.docx Page 36 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As- built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and Sectionlll.docx Page 37 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Sectionlll.docx Page 38 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. Sectionlll.docx Page 39 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. Sectionlll.docx Page 40 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the ContractorNendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7 ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and /or dumpsters for their disposal needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, phone: (727) 562 -4923 or email: M ichael.Pryor @m yC l earwater. com . 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. Sectionlll.docx Page 41 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. See SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION for ODP items included in the Contract Documents and the APPENDIX for ODP Documents. 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and /or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and /or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 -1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non - specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE CITY SEAL Sectionlll.docx Page 42 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right -of -way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right -of -way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and /or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right -of -way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right -of -way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 — SCOPE DESCRIPTION. 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. Sectionlll.docx Page 43 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 23.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2- inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4 "x4 ") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24- inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24- inches by 30- inches (24 "x30 ") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 - inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5 SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right -of -way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right -of- way, the signs will be placed in the right -of -way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. Sectionlll.docx Page 44 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN PROJECT NAME (CONTRACT NUMBER) (DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT CONTRACTOR: COMPLETION DATE: FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: arwater U WWW 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Sectionlll.docx Page 45 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight -hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non - responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case -by -case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. Sectionlll.docx Page 46 of 49 7/31/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. Sectionlll.docx Page 47 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. Authorized Signature Printed Name Title Name of Entity /Corporation Sectionlll.docx Page 48 of 49 7/31/2012 STATE OF COUNTY OF Section III — General Conditions The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this day of , 201_, by (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the (title) of (name of corporation /entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did /did not take an oath. Notary Public Printed Name My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE Sectionlll.docx Page 49 of 49 7/31/2012 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents: SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST 2 2 FIELD ENGINEERING 3 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 3 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS 3 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA 4 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 4 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS 4 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS 4 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 4 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 6 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 6 6 CONCRETE 7 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7 7.1 EXCAVATION 7 7.2 FORMS 7 8 REINFORCEMENT 7 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT 8 9 OBSTRUCTIONS 8 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 8 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 9 12 DEWATERING 9 12.1 GENERAL 9 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 10 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL 10 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY 10 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 12 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE 12 13.2 PRECAST TYPE 13 SectionlV.doc i 11/26/2013 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) 13 13.3 DROP MANHOLES 13 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS 13 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS 13 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 14 14 BACKFILL 14 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 14 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 14 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT 14 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 15 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 15 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 15 18 UNDERDRAINS 15 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 15 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 16 19 STORM SEWERS 16 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION 16 19.2 TESTING 16 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT 17 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 17 20.1 MATERIALS 17 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 17 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 18 20.2 INSTALLATION 18 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 18 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 18 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS 19 20.4 TESTING 19 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS 19 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS 19 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 19 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 19 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 20 21 DRAINAGE 20 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 20 22.1 BASE 20 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE 21 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE 22 22.2 SUBGRADE 22 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 22 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 22 SectionlV.doc ii 11/26/2013 1 1 1 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 22 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 22 23.1.1 AGGREGATE 22 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 23 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 23 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 23 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 24 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 24 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 25 23.6.1 CRACKS 25 23.6.2 POTHOLES 25 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 25 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 26 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 26 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 27 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT 27 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 27 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 28 25.1 IRRIGATION 28 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION 28 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 29 25.1.3 EXECUTION 33 25.2 LANDSCAPE 37 25.2.1 GENERAL 37 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 42 25.2.3 EXECUTION 45 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 52 26.1 INTENT 52 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 52 26.3 MATERIALS 52 26.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION 53 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION 53 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION 53 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION 54 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 54 26.9 PAYMENT 54 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS 54 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 54 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 54 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS 55 29 CONCRETE CURBS 55 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 55 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 55 SectionlV.doc iii 11/26/2013 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 55 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 55 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 55 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 56 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT 56 31 SODDING 56 32 SEEDING 56 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 57 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 57 33.2 PRECAST TYPE 57 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT 58 34 MATERIAL USED 58 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 58 36 STREET SIGNS 58 37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 58 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 58 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 58 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 58 37.4 EQUIPMENT 58 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO 59 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO 59 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION 59 37.8 LIGHTING 59 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL 59 37.10 VIDEO LOG /INDEX 60 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE 60 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 60 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 60 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 60 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 60 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 60 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES 61 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS 61 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES 61 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 61 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 62 38.9 MAINTENANCE 62 38.10 COMPLIANCE 62 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 65 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 65 SectionlV.doc iv 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES 65 41.1 SCOPE 65 41.2 MATERIALS 66 41.2.1 GENERAL 66 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 66 41.2.3 GATE VALVES 68 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES 68 41.2.5 HYDRANTS 69 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES 70 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 70 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 70 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES 71 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 71 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 71 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 71 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 71 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 73 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 73 41.4 TESTS 74 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS 74 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST 74 41.5 STERILIZATION 74 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT 74 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM 74 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 74 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 75 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS 75 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 75 41.6.1 GENERAL 75 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 76 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 76 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 76 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 76 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS 77 43 TENNIS COURTS 77 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 77 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS 77 43.1.2 BASE COURSE 77 43.1.3 PRIME COAT 77 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE 77 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE 77 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 78 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 79 43.2.1 GENERAL 79 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 80 SectionlV.doc v 11/26/2013 43.2.3 SLOPE 80 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 81 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 81 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 81 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER 81 43.2.8 FENCING 82 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS 82 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 82 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE 84 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) 84 43.2.13 CONCRETE 84 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 84 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 85 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION 85 43.2.17 WARRANTY 85 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 86 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 86 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 86 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY 86 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 87 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS 87 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS 87 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 87 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 87 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 87 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 88 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 88 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 88 45 CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE LINING 88 45.1 INTENT 88 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 89 45.3 MATERIALS 89 45.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION 89 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION 90 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION 90 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION 90 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 90 45.9 PAYMENT 90 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 91 46.1 MATERIALS 91 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS 91 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL 91 46.1.3 SAMPLES 91 46.1.4 REJECTION 91 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS 91 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 92 SectionlV.doc vi 11/26/2013 1 1 1 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE 92 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS 92 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING 92 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE 92 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 92 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS 92 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION 92 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS 93 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER 93 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES 93 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED 93 46.4.7 BACKFILLING 94 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR 94 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS 94 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 94 47.1 SCOPE 94 47.2 MATERIALS 94 47.3 PIPE 94 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM 95 47.5 FITTINGS 95 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 95 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT 95 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE 95 48.3 COMPOSITION 95 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS 96 48.5 MATERIALS 96 48.6 WATER 96 48.7 REINFORCEMENT 96 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS 96 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION 97 48.10 PROPORTIONING 97 48.11 MIXING 97 48.12 APPLICATION 97 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 98 48.14 SURFACE FINISH 98 48.15 CURING 98 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION 98 48.17 INSPECTION 99 48.18 EQUIPMENT 99 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 100 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT 100 49.2 PAYMENT 100 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 100 49.3.1 MATERIALS 100 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 101 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 101 SectionlV.doc vii 11/26/2013 49.4.1 MATERIALS 102 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL 102 49.6 GROUTING MIX 102 49.7 LINER MIX 102 49.8 WATER 103 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS 103 49.10 EQUIPMENT 103 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 103 49.11.1 PREPARATION 103 49.11.2 MIXING 104 49.11.3 SPRAYING 104 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING 104 49.11.5 CURING 104 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE 105 49.12 1NNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 105 49.12.1 SCOPE 105 49.12.2 MATERIALS 105 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 107 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 109 51 IN -LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 109 51.1 SCOPE 109 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 110 51.2.1 ASPHALT 110 51.2.2 CONCRETE 110 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX 110 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 110 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE 111 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 111 51.6 PLAYING LINES 111 51.7 GENERAL 111 51.8 LIMITATIONS 111 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 112 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 112 53.1 MATERIAL 112 53.1.1 GABIONAND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 112 53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: 114 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE 115 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC 115 53.2 PERFORMANCE 115 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 116 54.1 SCOPE 116 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK 116 54.3 WORK METHODS 117 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING 117 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT 117 SectionlV.doc viii 11/26/2013 t 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 54.4 LITTER 117 54.5 VISUAL CHECK 117 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING 117 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) 117 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL 117 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL 118 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY 118 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION 118 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA 118 54.13 MULCH CONDITION 118 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR 118 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL 118 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION 118 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION 119 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE 119 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK 119 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 119 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 119 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 120 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 120 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 120 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 121 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 121 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 121 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 121 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING 121 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 122 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 122 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT 122 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 122 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 122 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 122 57 RIPRAP 122 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 122 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 123 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY 123 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL 123 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING 123 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 123 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 124 60 SIGNING AND MARKING 124 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 124 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING 124 SectionlV.doc ix 11/26/2013 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 124 62 TREE PROTECTION 125 62.1 TREE BARRICADES 125 62.2 ROOT PRUNING 125 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING 126 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 127 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN 127 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 127 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 127 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS 128 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS 128 63.6 POSTING 128 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES 128 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 128 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS 128 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 128 SectionlV.doc x 11/26/2013 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION Project Name: Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacements Project Number: 11- 0035 -UT Scope of Work: Scope of Work: The work consists of all labor and equipment to install electromagnetic flow meters at three (3) locations as shown on the plans and described in the Contract Documents. This includes flow meters, piping, valves, vault (Cedar Street only), electrical work, control panels, instrumentation, telemetry, testing, restoration, traffic control, and all other appurtenances required to make three (3) complete and operational flow meter installations. The Contractor shall provide an approved professional System Integrator to have total systems responsibility for instrumentation, controls, services, and systems as indicated in the contract drawings and described herein. The System Integrator, working together with the Contractor, shall provide and install the total instrumentation requirements for System Controls and Instrumentation. The System Integrator shall also provide the Meter Cabinet, Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) hardware, Operator Interface Terminal (OIT), radio survey, radio antenna and tower, wiring, installation, and communications. The Contractor shall provide 3 {Fixed/Portable} project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required above the indicated amount due to the Contractor's schedule of work, which will be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. CONTRACT PERIOD: 180 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS SectionlV.doc Page 1 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacements Project Number: 11- 0035 -UT The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: 1 ►1 Scope Of Work 2.1 0 Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The Contractor 2.2 ❑ Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The City 3 0 Definition Of Terms 4 ►/ Order And Location Of The Work 5 // Excavation For Underground Work 6 1 Concrete 7 /1 Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work 8 I 1 Reinforcement 9 Obstructions 10 I Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 ❑ Work In Easements Or Parkways 12 // Dewatering 13 ❑ Sanitary Manholes 14 0 Backfill 15 ❑ Street Crossings, Etc. 16 ❑ Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures 17 ►1 Unsuitable Material Removal 18 ❑ Underdrains 19 ❑ Storm Sewers 20 ►/ Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains 21 ❑ Drainage 22 Roadway Base And Subgrade 23 ►/ Asphaltic Concrete Materials 24 ❑ Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt 25 ❑ General Planting Specifications 26 ❑ Hdpe Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining 27 ❑ Plant Mix Driveways 28 ❑ Reporting Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials 29 ❑ Concrete Curbs 30 I Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways 31 /1 Sodding 32 ►1 Seeding 33 ❑ Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 ■ Material Used 35 /1 Conflict Between Plans And Specifications 36 ❑ Street Signs 37 ►1 AudioNideo Recording Of Work Areas 38 r Erosion And Siltation Control 39 ■ Utility Tie In Location Marking SectionlV.doc Page 2 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 40 I Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee 41 ❑ Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and Appurtenances 42 ❑ Gas System Specifications 43 ❑ Tennis Courts 44 0 Work Zone Traffic Control 45 ❑ Cured -In -Place Pipe Lining 46 ❑ Specifications for Polyethylene Sliplining 47 ❑ Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe 48 ❑ Gunite Specifications 49 ❑ Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 50 4 Project Information Signs 51 ❑ In -Line Skating Surfacing System 52 a Resident Notification of Start of Construction 53 ❑ Gabions and Mattresses 54 ❑ Lawn Maintenance Specifications 55 A Milling Operations 56 ❑ Clearing and Grubbing 57 ❑ Riprap 58 ❑ Treatment Plant Safety 59 ❑ Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials 60 ❑ Signing And Marking 61 • Roadway Lighting 62 ►1 Tree Protection 63 ❑ Project Web Pages 64 0 Overhead Electric Line Clearance 2 FIELD ENGINEERING 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As- built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the SectionlV.doc Page 3 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida. 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one -hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III, ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: AA Aluminum Association, Inc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute SectionlV.doc Page 4 of 129 11/26/2013 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications APA American Plywood Association ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWG American Wire Gauge AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CFR Code of Federal Regulations CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards DEP Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) DOT Department of Transportation (Florida) EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAC Florida Administrative Code FBC Florida Building Code FFPC Florida Fire Prevention Code FGC Florida Gas Code FMC Florida Mechanical Code FPC Florida Plumbing Code FedSpec Federal Specifications HI Standards of Hydraulic Institute IBBM Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IPS Iron Pipe Size MIL Military Specification NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NPT National Pipe Thread NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute SBC Standard Building Code (SBCCI) SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. SDI Steel Door Institute SFPC Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI) SGC Standard Gas Code (SBCCI) SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association SectionlV.doc Page 5 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council of America UL Underwriters' Laboratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C ". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench - shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid SectionlV.doc Page 6 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. 6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M -85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C -33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C -94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5 ", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7.1 EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the dry" 7.2 FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 8 REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA -A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the SectionlV.doc Page 7 of 129 11/26/2013 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M -86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2 ", if over 6 ", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T- 180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot. SectionlV.doc Page 8 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre - construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 12 DEWATERING 12.1 GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. SectionlV.doc Page 9 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non - Contaminated Site Activity prior to dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The following document has been incorporated into this section for reference... 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON - CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY City Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results 2) A copy of the FDEP Notification It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have any questions. You may contact the City at 562 -4750 for direction or further assistance. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON - CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non - contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62- 620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites, analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1. TABLE 1 Screening Values for Discharges into: Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters SectionlV.doc Page 10 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 10.0 mg /1 10.0 mg/1 PH, standard units 6.0 -8.5 6.5 -8.5 Total Recoverable Mercury — by Method 1631E 0.012 mg/I 0.025 µg/1 Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/I 9.3 µg/1 Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/1 2.9 1.tg/1 Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/I 5.6 µg/1 Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 .tg/I 86.0 µg/1 Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/I 50.0 tg /1 Benzene 1.0 µg/1 1.0 µg /1 Naphthalene 100.0 µg/1 100.0 µg/1 If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the discharge is not authorized by this permit or by the City of Clearwater. (a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Notice of Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds. (b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty (30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information: 1. the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issued to; 2. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); 4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); 5. the name of the receiving water; and 6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit. (c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the Department. For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of SectionlV.doc Page 11 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units, the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration of less than 1500 mg/1, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than 1500 mg/1. In accordance with Rule 62- 302.500(1)(a -c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph (2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department. All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62- 621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes 'in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. SectionlV.doc Page 12 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 — Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as SectionlV.doc Page 13 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2 -inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of PROCO EP214 -351 Sewper Coating or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of 2 mm. 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction ofAASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SectionlV.doc Page 14 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off - site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub - surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non - degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F -758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M -189 described in FDOT Section 948 -4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A -2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non - perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly - chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140 -N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub -drain in place and accepted. SectionlV.doc Page 15 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of the 2013 FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The work under this Section shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down SectionlV.doc Page 16 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include: 1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths. 2) The drainage structure number and pipe size. 3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S -1 to S -2). 4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and infiltration. The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously. All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in accordance with Section 430 -4.8 of the 2013 FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration. As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in electronic (computer CD) and hard copy form (in color). All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re -laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired, re -laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re- inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved. 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20 -feet. Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP SectionlV.doc Page 17 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41. A two -way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12 -inch on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. SectionlV.doc Page 18 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4- inches shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two -way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. SectionlV.doc Page 19 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified SectionlV.doc Page 20 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. 5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 -7 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330 -11 and for soil cement per Section 270 -5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half -inch (1/2 "). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. SectionlV.doc Page 21 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161 -6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160 -7.2 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all S -Type Marshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. SectionlV.doc Page 22 of 129 11/26/2013 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control /assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction /gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per Section 330 -11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330 -13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330 - 15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications 2000 edition. In addition, for excesses of 1/4" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. SectionlV.doc Page 23 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction) COURSE THICKNESS (Inches) LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) Type S —I Type S —I with Type S —III Top Layer Type S —III FC -3 Type S —III with FC -3 Top Layer Type S —I with FC -3 Top Layer 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1 1 1 1'/2 1'/2 2 11/4 3/4 * 1 1 21/2 11/4 11/4 11/2 1 11/2 1 3 11/2 11/2 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S -III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: 1. Type S —III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S —III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC -3 friction course per Section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. SectionlV.doc Page 24 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: I . All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A -36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A -36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. SectionlV.doc Page 25 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be V4" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections 23.1 through 23.8 above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). SectionlV.doc Page 26 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67 -22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and /or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://www11.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index ". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850- 414 -4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. SectionlV.doc Page 27 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC ", "existing ", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road /paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four -hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two -hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. SectionlV.doc Page 28 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. SectionlV.doc Page 29 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200 -250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non -Shock Safe -T -Shear Stem 5. Safe -T -Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company , Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2'/2" IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 200 lb. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance - pressure across -the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25 -30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a SectionlV.doc Page 30 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one -piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36 -T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10 ") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6 ") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one -half inch (1/2 ") low- density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self - cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12 ", 18 ", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self - flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7 -70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15 -45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow /reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12 ", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7 ". SectionlV.doc Page 31 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications B. For on- surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3' -5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub - surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an AirNacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/ -6 %. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high - impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS 1 A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. SectionlV.doc Page 32 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. SectionlV.doc Page 33 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than %2 in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. SectionlV.doc Page 34 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six (6 ") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non - pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and /or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. SectionlV.doc Page 35 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup /curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior to installation. 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. SectionlV.doc Page 36 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2 LANDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal, Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and /or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the SectionlV.doc Page 37 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non - compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions /alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions /alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS /DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT.: The over -all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C.T.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SectionlV.doc Page 38 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications C. W.: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. TR. : MIN.: GAL.: O.C.: DIA.: LVS.. Straight trunk. Minimum. Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. On center, distance between plant centers. Diameter. Leaves. D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4 -1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: B &B: PPP: FG: STD.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Plants per pot. Field grown. Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner 's Representative: Owner's on -site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of . materials specified and execution of installation. SectionlV.doc Page 39 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than 1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty -four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. SectionlV.doc Page 40 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub - grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations. 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and /or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and /or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. SectionlV.doc Page 41 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well - developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architect proof of it being non - available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and /or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. SectionlV.doc Page 42 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as /if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade `B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre- emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20 -10 -5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than 1/4 the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). SectionlV.doc Page 43 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two - 3/4" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1 ". C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at 4 - %2 feet above grade. SectionlV.doc Page 44 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and /or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed /turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre - emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo ", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. SectionlV.doc Page 45 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1 - %2 inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub - grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well - drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as SectionlV.doc Page 46 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20 -10 -5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each i/2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back - filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. SectionlV.doc Page 47 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6 -6 -6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1 -1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling -in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. SectionlV.doc Page 48 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two % inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non - mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN -UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean -up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. SectionlV.doc Page 49 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash -out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and /or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and /or Landscape Contractor. SectionlV.doc Page 50 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent ", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under - specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. SectionlV.doc Page 51 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR /INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 26.3 MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E= 113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft -lb /in Flexure Modulus E= 136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c =0.009 in /in /deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. SectionlV.doc Page 52 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Liner shall be marked at 5 -foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1- 800 - 344 -3744 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and /or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 26.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed- circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. SectionlV.doc Page 53 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. SectionlV.doc Page 54 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS This Article deleted. 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4 "), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6 ") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10 /10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. SectionlV.doc Page 55 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 31 SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and /or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and /or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 601b. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. SectionlV.doc Page 56 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using 0 ring between precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. SectionlV.doc Page 57 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 19 — MATERIAL USED. 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 36 STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio /video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights -of -way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of a pre - construction conditions. 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty -one (21) days prior to construction in any area. 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre - construction color audio -video recording documentation. 37.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. SectionlV.doc Page 58 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 37.8 LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed forty -four (44) feet per minute. SectionlV.doc Page 59 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 37.10 VIDEO LOG /INDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on -site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. SectionlV.doc Page 60 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and /or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of containing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and /or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. Silt curtains or other filter /siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. SectionlV.doc Page 61 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and /or repaired as required. 38.10 COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and /or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order ". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. SectionlV.doc Page 62 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1st occurrence Warning 2nd occurrence $32 Re- inspection Fee 3rd occurrence $80 Re- inspection Fee 4th occurrence - Stop Work Order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering. Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 562 -4750 or Planning & Development Services at 562 -4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562 -4750. SectionlV.doc Page 63 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF EROSION VIOLATION UNDER SECTION 3 -701 (DIVISION 7 — EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE. Warning $32.00 Re- inspection Fee $80.00 Re- inspection Fee Stop Work Order DATE POSTED: CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562 -4741 ENGINEERING /CONSTRUCTION 727 562 -4750 Inspector's Name: Received by: (Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt or concurrence with findings of the inspector.) Inspector's Signature: SectionlV.doc IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED Page 64 of 128 11/26/2013 MI I N -- MI 1111111 r -- r MI r M r NIB MI NM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6 -inch x 3 -inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4 -inch X 2 -inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 — AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE. 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES 41.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. SectionlV.doc Page 65 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 025 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4 -inch through 8 -inch shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: SectionlV.doc Page 66 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than 8 -inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4 -inch through 8 -inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4 -inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18- inches between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2 -inch PVC pipe to 12- inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2 -inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2 -inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2 -inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from 4 -inch through 16 -inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C 153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C111 /A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. SectionlV.doc Page 67 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4- inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2 -inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed. Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16 -inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSUA.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509 -515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 -515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0 ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.. Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16 -inch shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI /AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 -80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by -pass. 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be a- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. SectionlV.doc Page 68 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.2.5 HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84 -B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C -502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately 2 -inch above the ground line. Breakaway bolts not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one -piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 (1 -1/2 -inch) pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with 0-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a 6 -inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a 5 -1/4 -inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2 -1/2 -inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4 -1/2 -inch pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. SectionlV.doc Page 69 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C- 502 -85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4 -inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on 4 -inch main shall be 1 -1/2 -inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2- inch service connections to 6 -inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed are: SectionlV.doc Page 70 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4 -inch bronze test plug. 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30- inches and a maximum of 42- inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. SectionlV.doc Page 71 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C600 -82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. SectionlV.doc Page 72 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed 18- inches from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 10 -feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6 -inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. SectionlV.doc Page 73 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48 -hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron ". 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SectionlV.doc Page 74 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and /or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joints materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SectionlV.doc Page 75 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSUAW WA C 110 /A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust SectionlV.doc Page 76 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications anchorage, 6 -inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT The material used for prime coat shall be cut -back Asphalt Grade RC -70 or RC -250 and shall conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ". 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S -III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more than 1/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S -III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will SectionlV.doc Page 77 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications be approved. If a deficiency of more than '/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 MATERIALS Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Court Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and /or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use. After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not require ,the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix. No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES Forty -eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. SectionlV.doc Page 78 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 degrees, Fahrenheit and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub - surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub - surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. SectionlV.doc Page 79 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub -grade at the proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub -grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub -grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled materials. 43.2.2.3 SUB -GRADE The sub -grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub -grade elevation. The sub -grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. SectionlV.doc Page 80 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub -grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one - quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and one - quarter (2 -1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub - surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of one - quarter (1/4) to one -half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one - eighth (1/8) inch. 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER Root barrier (geo -tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub - surface base course of the clay tennis courts. SectionlV.doc Page 81 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specification. 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2 -1/2" Ameristar HT-25 pipe; top rails 1 -5/8" Ameristar HT-25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1 -3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom -type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger -bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger -bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gate size, non - lift-off type, and offset to permit 180- degree gate opening. Provide one and one -half (1 -1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high - density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less than thirty -six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of forty -two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty -three (33) feet on a singles court. 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven - eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support SectionlV.doc Page 82 of 129 11/26/2013 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications the net a height of forty -two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA. 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design — Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one -half (2 — 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride -on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR -I Roller, automatic forward- neutral- reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3 -horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4 -1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4 -1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction - driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction "Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels. 8. Court Rake (1 each) — six -foot length aluminum. SectionlV.doc Page 83 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8" — 8'Iong x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1 -inch maximum size aggregate, 3 -inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re- aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE -LAMP The Contractor shall re -lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight -(8) tennis courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887 -0770 fax (336) 887 -0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: SectionlV.doc Page 84 of 129 11/26/2013 Pole T1 Pole T2 Pole T3 Pole T4 Pole T5 Pole T6 Pole T7 Pole T8 Pole T9 Section IV — Technical Specifications existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits new pole w /existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2 circuits new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing New conduits will be required for the three (3) new the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating 43.2.15 WATER COOLER to the existing light pole, it is suggested the pole locations and utilize existing conduits. light poles and the Contractor shall include of the new light poles. 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series — water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project. 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion. SectionlV.doc Page 85 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB - SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub - surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two years from the day of completion. 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and /or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and /or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and /or around construction or maintenance work zones. The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs ". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction SectionlV.doc Page 86 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 102 -5 Traffic Control: 102 -5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of 7 -day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C -View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562 -4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. SectionlV.doc Page 87 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non - specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and /or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24 -hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day -to -day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24 -hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE LINING 45.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand SectionlV.doc Page 88 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the instal ler. 45.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength Flexural Strength Flexural Modulus of Elasticity Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D638 ASTM D790 ASTM D790 ASTM D2290 3,000 psi 4,500 psi 300,000 psi 150,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305- 979 -0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and /or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. SectionlV.doc Page 89 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed- circuit color television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight -hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 45.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. SectionlV.doc Page 90 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 46.1 MATERIALS 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 46.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. SectionlV.doc Page 91 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15 -inch existing sewer. 16 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18 -inch existing sewer. 18 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21 -inch existing sewer. 21'1 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24 -inch existing sewer. 28 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30 -inch existing sewer. 34 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36 -inch existing sewer. 42 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48 -inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the liner. SectionlV.doc Page 92 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12 -hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. SectionlV.doc Page 93 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre- fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and /or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right -of -ways, the surface shall be graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in street right -of -ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 47.1 SCOPE This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter ". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. SectionlV.doc Page 94 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and /or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one half) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and /or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modified by those specifications. Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 COMPOSITION Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. SectionlV.doc Page 95 of 129 11/26/2013 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28 -day strength of 4,000 psi. 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates. Fine aggregate shall not contain Less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve 100% Passing No. 4 Sieve 95% to 100% Passing No. 8 Sieve 80% to 100% Passing No. 16 Sieve 50% to 85% Passing No. 30 Sieve 25% to 60% Passing No. 50 Sieve 10% to 30% Passing No. 100 Sieve 2% to 10% 48.6 WATER Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and /or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment. Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. SectionlV.doc Page 96 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by an air /water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the SectionlV.doc Page 97 of 129 11/26/2013 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless otherwise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45- degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air jet. 48.14 SURFACE FINISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. SectionlV.doc Page 98 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Comp. Cap (cfm) Max. Hose Dia. (In.) Max. Size Nozzle (In.) Min. Air Press. (psi) 365 1 5/8 1 5/8 60 600 2 2 80 750 2 1/2 2 1/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). SectionlV.doc Page 99 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in -place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and /or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 49.3.1.2 MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. SectionlV.doc Page 100 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator /contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. SectionlV.doc Page 101 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C -109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C -596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C -952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C -109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C -952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi. 49.7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2 %) by weight. SectionlV.doc Page 102 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 -51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65 % -75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and SectionlV.doc Page 103 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and /or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. SectionlV.doc Page 104 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam - injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and /or b. Hydrophilic gel- injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 1 -3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi SectionlV.doc Page 105 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574 -86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574 -86 Bonding Strength 250 -300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole -to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75 -9.17 lbs /gal ASTM D -3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D -3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D -1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x10 llcm /sec to 7.6x10 cm /sec at 100% RH at 50% RH 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days SectionlV.doc Page 106 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity /Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a dark grey color. 49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg. /sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3 %), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10 %), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3 %), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3 %), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and /or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and /or sand blast structure. SectionlV.doc Page 107 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious /crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and /or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1 -5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty -four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and /or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING /CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing Liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SectionlV.doc Page 108 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24 -hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS. 51 IN -LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE 1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for In -Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the SectionlV.doc Page 109 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor In -line Skating Surfacing System • 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave • 2 Coats of Plexiflor • Plexicolor Line Paint 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80 -100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT i 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: Acrylic Resurfacer 55 gallons Water (Clean and Potable) 20 -40 gallons Sand (60 -80 mesh) 600 -900 pounds Liquid Yield 112 -138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non - coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with California Ti -Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SectionlV.doc Page 110 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix: Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons Plexichrome 20 gallons Water 20 gallons 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04 -.05 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. 51.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In -Line Hockey Association. 51.7 GENERAL 1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50 °F or more than 1 40 °F. 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. SectionlV.doc Page 111 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In -line Skates. 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70 °F with 60% relative humidity. 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In -Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear.. 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION. 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 53.1 MATERIAL 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non - raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ- W -461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A -641. The weight of zinc coating shall be determined by ASTM A -90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B -6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1- minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A -239. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 1/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 ' /2), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger -Tite SectionlV.doc Page 112 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A -313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal. All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A -641. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. 1. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D -2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D -142; not less than 2980 psi. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D -412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D -746, Procedure A; shall be at Least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: a. According to ASTM D -2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HC1 (hydrochloric acid 12 Be). 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B -117 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D -1499 and ASTM G -23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. SectionlV.doc Page 113 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D -2287. 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit the following properties: 1. Appearance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable change in color. 2. Specific Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. 3. Durometer Hardness: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 4. Tensile Strength: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 5. Elongation: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: • Absorption, maximum 5% • Los Angeles Abrasion (FM 10T096), maximum loss 45% , • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1- T104), maximum loss 12% 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SectionlV.doc Page 114 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications • Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: 1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs. /sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs. /sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D -2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one -half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. SectionlV.doc Page 115 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54.1 SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street medians including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. SectionlV.doc Page 116 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered. 54.5 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, according to the following specifications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. SectionlV.doc Page 117 of 129 11/26/2013 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20 -6 -12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid - February, early June, and mid - September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor at his/her expense. 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly maintenance fee. 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. SectionlV.doc Page 118 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze /frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze /frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty -four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on -site work at the contracted rate per man -hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze /frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. — 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 p.m. 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads /fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. SectionlV.doc Page 119 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and /or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications for S -Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. SectionlV.doc Page 120 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562 -4950 to schedule delivery of material. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line /edge of pavement to curb line /edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. SectionlV.doc Page 121 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and /or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and /or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off -site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand - cement or rubble riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand - cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. SectionlV.doc Page 122 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand - cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand - cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fftbric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on -site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater. Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 .HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: • An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre- construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub - contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: • Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. • The date of the training, and • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, SectionlV.doc Page 123 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and /or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 60 SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators /flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and /or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. SectionlV.doc Page 124 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 62 TREE PROTECTION 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and /or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two- thirds of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two -inch lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four -inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 62.2 ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and /or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by SectionlV.doc Page 125 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562 -4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and /or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18 ". H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and /or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A -300. SectionlV.doc Page 126 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion- tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/ http: / /www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user - adjustable /relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design /aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. SectionlV.doc Page 127 of 129 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up -to -date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de- energized and visibly grounded. Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of 20 feet of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV an 50 feet of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the table included in Section 64.2. 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE (nominal, kV, alternating current) MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (feet) Upto50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 20 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 SectionlV.doc Page 128 of 129 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1000 (as established by the utility owner /operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. SectionlV.doc Page 129 of 129 11/26/2013 Clearwater SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for SAFETY HARBOR SANITARY SEWER FLOW METER REPLACEMENTS Contract Number 11- 0035 -UT _•' ;;(S• .WF4's, ?„ ' i.••ycENS•• N• 6073 �oi • F i / / 7��'a�•. STATE OF :�� S °O %Z.% 4OR%OP.•� #' ,,, ,s'ONA e•,G_� Kelly S. Wehner, PE FL No. 60273 Civil and Mechanical Prepared By Cardno TBE March 2014 4911 i •,11100 SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Technical Specifications is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS The Engineer has relied upon the following subsurface utility engineering (SUE) report (Attachment A) for piping locations and materials information. The Contractor is advised that the report is for general information purposes only. Test Hole Data Report (found in Attachment A) Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacements Dated: April 3, 2012 By: Cardno TBE PERMITS Pinellas County Public Works has issued a Right -of -Way Utilization "Intent to Permit" letter for construction at the Cedar Street location (Attachment B). Issuance of this permit is contingent upon submittal of four (4) sets of construction plans by the Contractor that include the following items: 1. Maintenance of Traffic Plan for Vehicular and Pedestrian Traffic through the work zone prepared by the Contractor. 2. Sheeting and shoring plan prepared by the Contractor. Items shall be submitted to Pinellas County Public Works at 440 Court Street Clearwater, FL 33756 (Contact: Patrick Fox, 727 - 464 - 3404). A minimum of three (3) weeks will be required for County approval after submittal. MODIFICATIONS TO SECTION IV — TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARTICLES 1 -63 Basis for measurement and payment for all Articles shall be superseded by Section 01025 Measurement and Payment of the Supplemental Technical Specifications. Cardno TBE Supplementary Technical Specifications J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \SectionIVa.doc Section IVa -I ARTICLE 20 — SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Force main pipe and fittings shall be ductile iron as follows: a. All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be new and unused, manufactured in accordance with ANSUAWWA C- 151/A21.51, and shall be thickness Class 51 or greater. Ductile iron pipe and fittings for sanitary sewer force main shall have a PROTECTO 401 ceramic epoxy interior lining with a minimum dry film thickness of 40 mils. All fittings shall be restrained joint. b. The interior of the ductile iron pipe and fittings shall not have been lined with any substance prior to the application of the specified lining material and no coating shall have been applied to the first six inches of the exterior of the spigot ends. The lining shall be applied by a competent firm with a successful history of applying linings to the interior of ductile iron pipe and fittings. Surface preparation, lining of pipe, coating of bell sockets and spigot ends, number of coats and touch up and repair shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The pipe or fitting manufacturer shall supply a certificate attesting that the applicator met the requirements of this specification; that the material used was as specified; that the linings have the nominal dry film thickness specified; and, that the linings have no pinholes when tested with a nondestructive 2,500 volt test. Lined pipe and fittings shall be handled only from the outside of the pipe and fittings. All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured by American, McWane, U.S. Pipe, or approved equal. c. Bell Restraint: Ductile iron pipe bell restraint shall consist of a wedge action restraint ring on the spigot joined to a split ductile iron ring behind the bell. The restraint ring shall have individually actuated wedges that increase their resistance to pullout as pressure or external forces increase. The restraint ring and its wedging components shall conform to ASTM A536. The wedges shall be heat treated to a minimum hardness of 370 BHN. Torque limiting twist off nuts shall be used to insure proper actuation of the restraining wedges. The split ring shall conform to ASTM A 536. The connecting tie rods that join the tow rings shall be make of low alloy steel that conforms to one safety factor, of 350 psi in sizes 16- inch and below and 250 psi in sizes 18 -inch through 36 -inch. The product shall be the series 1700 Megalug restraint harness manufactured by EBAA Iron or approved equal. d. Mechanical Joint Restraint: Gland body and restraint components shall be made from ductile iron and can be used with the standardized mechanical Cardno TBE Supplementary Technical Specifications J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \SectionIVa.doc Section IVa -2 1 1 1 A joint bell conforming to ANSUAWWA C111/A21.11 and ANSUAWWA C153/A21.53 of the latest version. Restraint assembly shall be capable of full deflection both during and after assembly. The restraint shall be Series 1100 Megalug as produced by EBBA Iron or approved equal. e. All buried ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be polyethylene encased (minimum 8 mil thick and color coded) in accordance with ANSI /AWWA A21.5/C105 and ASTM A 674. Polyethylene encasement shall be green in color for sanitary sewer mains and blue for potable water mains. SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work 01010 -1 -7 01025 Measurement and Payment 01025 -1 -7 01046 Modifications to Existing Structures Piping, and Equipment 01 046 -1 -2 01090 Reference Standards 01090 -1 -3 01310 Construction Schedules 01310 -13 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 01340 -1 -3 01370 Schedule of Values 01370 -1 -2 01600 Material and Equipment 01600 -1 -3 01700 Contract Closeout 01700 -1 -3 01730 Operating and Maintenance Data 01730 -1 -5 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting 02221 -1 -5 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Concrete 03300 -1 -9 03600 Grout 03600 -1 -2 DIVISION 4 TO 8 — NOT USED DIVISION 9 — FINISHES 09905 Painting and Protective Coatings 09905 -1 -12 DIVISION 10 TO 12 — NOT USED Cardno TBE Supplementary Technical Specifications J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \SectionIVa.doc Section IVa -3 DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13300 Metering Systems - General 13300 -1 -19 DIVISION 14 — NOT USED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15050 Piping, Fittings, Valves, and Accessories 15050 -1 -15 15150 Electromagnetic Flow Meter 15150 -1-4 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16050 Electrical — General Provisions 16050 -1 -4 16075 Electrical Identification 16075 -1 -3 16100 Basic Materials and Methods 16100 -1 -2 16110 Raceways and Fittings 16110 -1 -3 16120 Wires and Cables 16120 -1 -3 16170 Overcurrent Protective Devices 16170 -1 -1 16190 Supporting Devices 16190 -1 -2 16421 Panelboards 16421 -1 -2 16709 Surge Protection Device 16709 -1 -2 16941 Meter Control Cabinet 16941 -1 -11 Cardno TBE Supplementary Technical Specifications J:\ 00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \SectionlVa.doc Section IVa -4 1 1 1 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The work covered by these specifications comprises, in general, the furnishing of all labor, equipment, and materials. The work shall include performing of all operations, electrical work, radio survey, and instrumentation to install electromagnetic flow meters on the sanitary sewer system at three (3) locations as described and specified further in these Technical Specifications, and as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. The existing vaults at the Allen Avenue and Briar Creek flow meter locations shall be utilized, while a new meter vault shall be installed at the Cedar Street location as described on the attached plans and specified herein. C. The City shall provide two (2) Microwave Data Systems (MDS) Model 9810 Spread Spectrum radios to be utilized at the Allen Avenue and Briar Creek meter locations. D. The Contractor shall provide two (2) iNET -II Ethernet radios to be utilized at the Cedar Street location and the Union Street Pump Station. E. Cedar Street: Sheeting and shoring will be required at this location to protect the adjacent roadway. Issuance of the Pinellas County Right -of -Way Utilization. Permit for this site is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the following items for approval from Pinellas County Public Works at 440 Court Street Clearwater, FL 33756 (Contact: Patrick Fox, 727 - 464- 3404). A minimum of three (3) weeks will be required for County approval after submittal. 1. Maintenance of Traffic Plan for Vehicular and Pedestrian Traffic through the work zone. 2. Sheeting and shoring plan. F. Except as specifically noted, the Contractor shall provide and pay for: 1. Labor, materials, tools, construction equipment, and machinery. 2. Radio survey 3. Coordination with the City of Clearwater and the City of Safety Harbor for temporary disruption of wastewater flow during construction, which may be outside of regular working hours. 4. Coordination with the System Integrator on the delivery and programming of the control panels. 5. Continuous operation of all utilities throughout construction, except as noted. 6. Water and utilities required for construction. Cardno TBE Summary of Work 01010 -1 7. Other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the work. 8. Testing lab services. 9. Connection fees and permits as required. G. The Contractor shall comply with all codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and other legal requirements of the City of Clearwater. H. The Contractor shall attend progress meetings, as dictated by the City. The contractor is to deliver the following updated items at each progress meeting: I Submittal Log 2. RFI Log 3. Schedule 4. 4 -week Look Ahead J. A Submittal Schedule is to be delivered by the contractor at the Preconstruction Meeting. It shall list all the required submittals for the project. No additional contract time will be added due to untimely submission of submittals. K. An RFI Log shall be maintained by the contractor. No additional contract time will be added due to the untimely submission of RFIs. L. All change orders must have City approval prior to acceptance. M. A Generic Groundwater Discharge Permit is required for discharging drainage water into the City's storm system or bodies of water. Groundwater samples shall be taken and tested by a laboratory before the permit is issued. 1.02 CONSTRUCTION SURVEY AND RECORD DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all construction stakes required to complete the work. Construction stakes shall be provided by a survey crew working under the direction of a surveyor registered in the State of Florida, and qualified to perform the type of survey stakeout required by the plans and details. All work items shall be staked, flagged and marked in such manner to afford easy identification by the Contractor and the Owner's Representative. Whenever stakes are lost, they shall be replaced before continuing with the work. B. The Contractor shall provide four sets of certified record drawings, signed and sealed by a surveyor registered in the state of Florida and an AutoCad file. The record drawings shall show final grades, locations and elevations of all equipment and utilities. All grades, locations and elevations shall be determined by the surveyor. All valves, fittings and other appurtenances shall be shown. Information shall be presented as x, y data in the State Plane coordinates utilizing North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. Cardno TBE Summary of Work 01010 -2 C. At the completion of the work, the record drawings shall be delivered to the Engineer for review and approval prior to requesting final payment. If there are any discrepancies noted on the record drawings, they will be returned to the Contractor for checking and correction of work as determined by the Engineer. 1.03 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. The Contractor shall implement erosion and sediment control practices that will prevent the introduction of pollutants into the storm water system. Erosion and sediment controls shall include both stabilization practices and structural practices. B. The Contractor shall take adequate precautions to prevent siltation and bank erosion in discharging well point systems or during other construction activities. This includes the placement of erosion control devices, such as silt barriers or settling basins, when necessary to prevent silt from entering the drainage system. Whenever traffic will be leaving a construction site and moves directly onto a public road or other paved area, a temporary gravel construction entrance, per City of Clearwater Standards, shall be installed to reduce the amount of sediment transported onto public roads by motor vehicles or runoff. The entrance shall be maintained in a condition that will prevent tracking or flow of sediments onto public rights -of way. All materials spilled, dropped, washed, or tracked from vehicles onto roadways or into storm drains must be removed immediately. The road or paved area must be swept daily for sediments and stones. C. All erosion and sediment control devices shall be checked daily or immediately after a storm event and shall be cleaned out and /or repaired as required. All erosion and sediment control methods shall be in accordance with F.D.O.T. Index No. 102 and shall comply with all state and local water quality standards. The City Engineer or the appointed City personnel has the right to enforce immediate cleanup and maintenance of any and all sediments on or off site. D. If required, the Contractor shall obtain an Environmental Resource Permit for groundwater discharge. 1.04 HOUSEKEEPING BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES A. A construction site management plan shall be developed by the Contractor to prevent pollutants from entering the storm water system. Pollutants include but are not limited to oils, grease, paints, gasoline, concrete truck washdown, solvents, litter, debris and sanitary waste. B. The construction site management plan shall designate areas for equipment maintenance and repair; shall provide waste receptacles at convenient locations and shall provide regular collection of wastes; shall locate equipment washdown areas on site and shall provide appropriate control of washwaters; shall provide protected storage areas for chemicals, paints, solvents fertilizers and other Cardno TBE Summary of Work 01010 -3 potentially toxic materials; and shall provide adequately maintained sanitary facilities 1.05 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall furnish suitable storage facilities. All materials, supplies and equipment intended for use in the work shall be suitably stored by the Contractor to prevent damage from exposure, admixture with foreign substances, or vandalism or other cause. The Engineer will refuse to accept, or sample for testing, materials, supplies or equipment that have been improperly stored, as determined by the Engineer. B. Materials found unfit for use shall not be incorporated in the work and shall immediately be removed from the construction or storage site. Delivered materials shall be stored in a manner acceptable to the Engineer before any payment for same will be made. Materials strung out along the line of construction will not be allowed unless the materials will be installed within one week from the time of unloading and stringing out. 1.06 PRESERVATION OF PROPERTY A. The Contractor shall preserve from damage all property along the line of the work, or which is in the vicinity of or is in any way affected by the work, the removal or destruction of which is not called for by the plans. Wherever such property is damaged due to the activities of the Contractor, it shall be immediately restored to its original condition by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. B. In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property, or to make good such damage for injury, the Owner may, after 48 hours notice to the Contractor, proceed to repair, rebuild or otherwise restore such property as may be deemed necessary, and the cost thereof will be deducted from any monies due, or which may become due, the Contractor under this contract. 1.07 CLEAN UP A. The Contractor shall keep the construction site free of rubbish and other materials and restore to their original conditions those portions of the site not designated for the alteration by the Contract Documents. Clean up and restoration shall be accomplished on a continuing basis throughout the contract period and in such a manner as to maintain a minimum of nuisance and interference to the general public and residents in the vicinity of the work. B. The Contractor shall also remove, when no longer needed, all temporary structures and equipment used in his operation. It is the intent of this specification that the construction areas and those other areas not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents shall be immediately restored to original condition upon completion of the project. Cardno TBE Summary of Work 01010 -4 C. The submitted construction schedule shall indicate this construction sequence: • Debris piles shall be removed within 5 consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within 10 consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed 15 consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Sod must be restored within 10 days of a successful pressure test. It must be watered for a period of 30 days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. 1.08 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE A. The Contractor shall at all times so conduct his work as to ensure the least possible obstruction to traffic, or inconvenience to the general public and residents in the vicinity of the work. No road or street shall be closed to the public, except with the permission of the Engineer and other jurisdictional governmental authority, if any. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the work shall be kept accessible. Provisions shall be made by the Contractor to ensure public access to sidewalks, public telephones, and the proper functioning of all gutters, sewer inlets, drainage ditches, and irrigation ditches. No open excavation shall be left overnight except during road closing. All open excavation within the roadway shall be backfilled and a temporary asphalt patch applied prior to darkness each day. A cold asphalt patch is acceptable. 1.09 SAFETY AND OSHA COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall comply in all respects with all Federal, State and Local safety and health regulations. Copies of the Federal regulations may be obtained from the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupation Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Washington, DC 20210 or their regional offices. B. The Contractor shall comply in all respects with the applicable Workman's Compensation Law. 1.10 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. Coordinate the use of premises under direction of Engineer. B. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of equipment and materials stored on the site. C. Move any stored Products, under Contractor's control, which interfere with operations of the Owner or separate Contractor. Cardno TBE Summary of Work 01010 -5 1.11 SUGGESTED SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION A. Allen Avenue: 1. The Contractor shall verify pipe locations, elevations, diameters, and alignment prior to construction. 2. Contractor shall verify if existing force main is restrained from downstream / upstream valves to proposed connections. If existing pipe is not restrained, install thrust collar(s). 3. Saw cut and remove existing concrete sidewalk as required for construction. 4. Install bypass piping and valves (Coordinate with the City of Clearwater and Safety Harbor). 5. Direct flow through bypass piping. Remove existing meter and remaining piping and appurtenances. 6. Pressure wash, repair, and recoat interior surfaces of existing vault. 7. Install new pipe, fittings, flow meter and appurtenances. 8. Redirect flow from bypass piping to flow meter. B. Cedar Street: 1. The Contractor shall verify pipe locations, elevations, diameters, and layout proposed alignment prior to construction. 2. Contractor shall verify if existing force main is restrained from upstream valve to proposed connection. If existing pipe is not restrained, install thrust collar. 3. Saw cut and remove sections of existing meter vault as required to install bypass piping while maintaining flow through existing flow meter piping. 4. Install bypass piping and valves. 5. Coordinate with City of Clearwater and Safety Harbor for shut down of systems for installation of tee and valve to main line as required for bypass. 6. Direct flow through bypass piping. Remove remaining existing meter vault, meter, piping and appurtenances as directed on plans. 7. Construct new vault and install pipe, fittings, flow meter and appurtenances. 8. Redirect flow from bypass piping to flow meter piping. C. Briar Creek: 1. The Contractor shall verify pipe locations, elevations, diameters, and alignment prior to construction. 2. Contractor shall verify if existing force main is restrained from downstream / upstream valves to proposed connections. If existing pipe is not restrained, install thrust collar(s). 3. Install bypass piping and valves. 4. Install temporary line stop (Coordinate with the City of Clearwater and Safety Harbor). 5. Direct flow through bypass piping and remove existing meter, remaining piping and appurtenances. Cardno TBE Summary of Work 01010 -6 6. Pressure wash, repair, and recoat interior surfaces of existing vault. 7. Install new pipe, fittings, flow meter and appurtenances. 8. Remove temporary line stop. 9. Redirect flow from bypass piping to flow meter. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Summary of Work 01010 -7 SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 EXPLANATION AND DEFINITIONS The following explanation of the Measurement and Payment for the bid form items is made for information and guidance. The omission of reference to any item in this description shall not, however, alter the intent of the bid form or relieve the Contractor of the necessity of furnishing such as part of the Contract. 1.02 PAYMENT A. Payment shall be made for the items listed on the Bid Form on the basis of the work actually performed and completed. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, the furnishing of all necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, clean up, and all other incidentals and appurtenances to complete the construction and installation of the work, to the configuration and extent as shown on the drawings, and described in the specifications. B. It is intended that all mobilization, insurance, bond, license and other miscellaneous administrative costs, and all other costs to the Contractor not specifically identified in the following item description be distributed among and included in the unit prices stated. No additional payment shall be made for transportation, communications, office maintenance, project signs, and other incidental work or services, and no further payment shall be made for remobilization unless all of the work is suspended by the Engineer for a period in excess of three months and through no fault of the Contractor. C. All required testing and certification should be included in the unit prices shown in the Proposal and Contract. All testing shall be paid for by the Contractor. PART 2 - MATERIALS Not Used Cardno TBE Measurement and Payment J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs \01025.doc 01025 -1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MOBILIZATION - Bid Item No. 1 A. Payment for mobilization will include documented and justified costs associated with preparatory work and operations necessary to begin work on the Project, including but not limited to those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment supplies, and incidentals to the Project site(s), and for the establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities as required by the Plans and Specifications and all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations. B. The cost of bonds, indemnification, any other required insurance or general conditions, and any other pre - construction expenses necessary for the start of the Work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall also be included in this Pay item. C. The Work specified under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price, in accordance with the following schedule: Percent of Original Allowable Percent of Lump Sum Contract Amount Earned Price for Mobilization 5 25 10 50 25 75 50 100 3.02 FURNISH AND INSTALL FLOW METER AND VAULT AT CEDAR STREET — Bid Item No. 2 A. Description: This bid item describes measurement and payment for the installation of the electromagnetic flow meter with controls and associated concrete vault at Cedar Street complete as specified and shown on the Drawings. B. Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be measured as one lump sum. C. Payment: The lump sum payment for the work specified under this section shall include but not be limited to all labor, materials, equipment, maintenance of traffic, excavation, dewatering, sedimentation and erosion control, sheeting, shoring and bracing, backfill, compaction, testing, electromagnetic flow meter, piping, valves, fittings, restraints, sump pump and associated drain piping, sample taps, connections to existing force main, demolition and removal of existing concrete vault, venturi flow meter, pipe, fittings, and appurtenances; protection of existing structures and utilities; all utility coordination, concrete vault, coatings, aluminum hatch, ladder, concrete thrust collars, electrical panels, electrical wiring, conduit, radio survey, antenna, telemetry, two (2) Ethernet radios, Cardno TBE Measurement and Payment J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01025.doc 01025 -2 electrical appurtenances, coordination of new electrical service at Cedar Street, electrical work at the Union Street Reclaimed Pump Station, operation and maintenance manuals, training, providing and coordinating with the systems integrator, delivery of control panels for programming, coordination and submittal of MOT and sheeting and shoring plan to Pinellas County Public Works for Right -of -Way Utilization Permit, coordination with the City of Clearwater and the City of Safety Harbor for temporary disruption of wastewater flow during construction, all restoration including but not limited to sidewalks, curbs, asphalt, sod, etc; and all other work and equipment required for a full, operable, and complete installation at Cedar Street as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 3.03 FURNISH AND INSTALL FLOW METER AT ALLEN AVENUE — Bid Item No. 3 A. Description: This bid item describes measurement and payment for the installation of the electromagnetic flow meter with controls and associated concrete vault at Allen Avenue complete as specified and shown on the Drawings. B. Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be measured as one lump sum. C. Payment: The lump sum payment for the work specified under this section shall include but not be limited to all labor, materials, equipment, maintenance of traffic, excavation, dewatering, sedimentation and erosion control, sheeting, shoring and bracing, backfill, compaction, testing, removal of existing venturi flow meter, pipe, fittings, and appurtenances; pressure washing, patching and coating of existing concrete vault; installation of electromagnetic flow meter, piping, valves, fittings, restraints, sample taps, connections to existing force main, protection of existing structures and utilities, all utility coordination, concrete thrust collars, electrical panels, electrical wiring, conduit, radio survey, antenna, telemetry, electrical appurtenances, operation and maintenance manuals, training, providing and coordinating with the systems integrator and delivery of control panels for programming, coordination with the City of Clearwater and the City of Safety Harbor for temporary disruption of wastewater flow during construction, all restoration including but not limited to sidewalks, curbs, asphalt, sod, etc; and all other work and equipment required for a full, operable, and complete installation at Allen Avenue as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 3.04 FURNISH AND INSTALL FLOW METER AT BRIAR CREEK — Bid Item No. 4 A. Description: This bid item describes measurement and payment for the installation of the electromagnetic flow meter with controls and associated concrete vault at Briar Creek complete as specified and shown on the Drawings. B. Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be measured as one lump sum. Cardno TBE Measurement and Payment J: \00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs \01025.doc 01025 -3 C. Payment: The lump sum payment for the work specified under this section shall include but not be limited to all labor, materials, equipment, excavation, dewatering, sedimentation and erosion control, sheeting, shoring and bracing, backfill, compaction, testing, removal of existing venturi flow meter, pipie, fittings, and associated appurtenances; pressure washing, patching and coating of existing concrete vault; installation of electromagnetic flow meter, piping, valves, fittings, restraints, sample taps, temporary line stop, connections to existing force main, protection of existing structures and utilities, all utility coordination, concrete thrust collars, control panel, electrical wiring, conduit, radio survey, antenna, telemetry, electrical appurtenances, operation and maintenance manuals, training, coordination with the systems integrator and delivery of control panels for programming, coordination with the City of Clearwater and the City of Safety Harbor for temporary disruption of wastewater flow during construction, all restoration including but not limited to sidewalks, curbs, asphalt, sod, etc; and all other work and equipment required for a full, operable, and complete installation at Briar Creek as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 3.05 FURNISH AND INSTALL MILLING OF EXISTING ASPHALT — Bid Item No. 5 A. Description: The work specified in this Item consists of materials, labor and equipment associated with milling of existing asphalt. B. Measurement: Measurement for asphalt milling shall be the area milled in square yards, completed and accepted. C. Payment: Payment for asphalt milling at the contract unit price shall be full compensation for the work, complete in place, including equipment, materials, preparation, hauling, asphalt milling, milling around structures, removal and disposal of milled materials, sweeping, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 3.06 FURNISH AND INSTALL ASPHALT 1 -INCH THICK — Bid Item No. 6 A. Description: The work specified in this Item consists of installing final asphalt concrete pavement. B. Measurement: Asphalt concrete pavement shall be measured in tons of the type specified as evidenced by plant delivery tickets. C. Payment: This price shall be full compensation for the specified type of asphalt concrete pavement, complete in place, including all materials, labor, tools, equipment, testing and all other incidentals necessary for the installation. Cardno TBE Measurement and Payment J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs \01025.doc 01025 -4 3.07 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL — Bid Item No. 7 A. Description: The Contractor shall make any additional earth excavation which may be ordered by the Engineer in writing to remove unsuitable material. The work includes all clearing, pavement, sidewalk, curb and curb and gutter removal, care of structures and adjacent property, placing, maintenance, and removal of shoring, sheeting, and bracing, removal of water, backfilling, disposal of surplus excavated material, temporary restoration of street surfaces and other appurtenant work as specified and directed. B. Measurement: The quantity of unsuitable material removal, in cubic yards, to be measured for payment under this Item will be the total excavation, as ordered and approved by the Engineer, beyond and outside the established lines and grades which would have controlled and been maintained had not the additional excavation been ordered. Additional earth excavation for placement of selected fill material other than that for pipe bedding or to permit construction of other types of pipeline foundations will be included for payment under this Item. Unauthorized additional earth excavation will not be measured or paid for. C. Payment: Payment for Unsuitable Material Removal ordered in writing by the Engineer will be made at the unit price per cubic yard for this Item. 3.08 ADDITIONAL SELECT FILL MATERIAL — Bid Item No. 8 A. This bid item describes select fill materials from sources other than excavations made in this Contract and not specifically included under other Items at locations indicated and ordered by the Engineer in writing. The work includes all labor and equipment for furnishing, transporting, installing, compacting the select fill, and disposing of surplus excavated material. Excavation for placement of select fill will be paid for under other Bid Items. The work does not include transporting, placing and compacting approved surplus fill from excavations made in this Contract. The Contractor shall use all such approved surplus fill available from excavations made in this Contract prior to supplying select fill from other sources. B. Measurement: The quantities of Additional Select Fill Material, obtained from sources other than excavations in this Contract, in cubic yards, to be measured for payment under this Item will be the actual compacted volume of select fill placed within the payment limits shown on the Plans or established by the Engineer. Select fill used to fill voids resulting from unauthorized excavation, or where required for dewatering, will not be measured for payment even though their use is ordered by the Engineer. Select fill used for pipe bedding will not be measured for payment under this Item. Such select fill is included in the various unit price Items for pipelines. C. Payment: Payment for Additional Select Fill Material ordered by the Engineer in writing will be made at the unit price per cubic yard for this Item. No payment Cardno TBE Measurement and Payment J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01025.doc 01025 -5 will be made under this Item for approved surplus fill obtained from excavations made in this Contract. 3.09 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE — Bid Item No. 9 A. The Contractor shall furnish and place any miscellaneous concrete ordered by the Engineer in writing and not specifically included under other Items. Included in this item are standard non - reinforced pipe cradles, encasements, and like work not shown on the Plans or specified. The work includes all materials, mixing, placing, forming, and curing of the concrete, and work incidental thereto. Excavation for the placement of Miscellaneous Concrete will be paid for under other Bid Items. B. Measurement: The quantity of Miscellaneous Concrete, in cubic yards, to be measured for payment under this Item will be the actual volume of concrete placed in the work, measured in place, within the lines and grades as ordered. All concrete placed outside these lines and grades to fill unauthorized excavation, and all concrete for replacing defective work, shall be at the expense of the Contractor. Concrete specifically included under other Items will not be measured, or paid for, under this Item. C. Payment: Payment for Miscellaneous Concrete will be made at the unit price per cubic yard for this Item. 3.10 ADDITIONAL DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS — Bid Item No. 10 A. The Contractor shall furnish and place any additional ductile iron fittings used for installing ductile iron or PVC pipe not specifically included under other Items. Included in this item are standard non- reinforced pipe cradles, encasements, and like work not shown on the Plans or specified. B. Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the weight in tons of the ductile iron pipe fittings acceptably installed as shown on the drawings or where directed by the Project Representative. This bid item includes, but is not limited to, wyes, tees, bends, crosses, sleeves, plugs and caps, and reducers. C. Payment: Payment will be according to the weight of each fitting as denoted in the manufacturers' catalogues. The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing all fittings and materials above or below ground along the pipeline alignment; joints, and jointing materials; interior lining; shoring and sheeting; bracing; dewatering, clearing, grubbing, and stripping; trenching, bedding and backfill; adjusting of existing above ground and underground utilities and service connections; disposal of spoil; poly wrap; hydrostatic testing; erosion control, maintenance of flow, by -pass pumping (as required), surface restoration and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required to construct a complete, operable pipeline. Cardno TBE Measurement and Payment J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs \01025.doc 01025 -6 3.11 OWNER'S CONTINGENCY — Bid Item No. 11 A. Description: The work covered by this item consists of unforeseen items of work not included in other bid items but necessary for accomplishing the work and shall apply only to extra work or additional items over and above those specified or shown on the plans. The cost of this additional work shall be agreed upon in writing and approved by the Owner or .his authorized representative prior to starting this additional work. The value of the work shall be based on unit prices or similar bid items called for in the proposal. B. Measurement: The quantities of unspecified work to be paid under this item shall be measured in place, completed and accepted. C. Payment: The Owner has calculated this item on the Bid Form, and has established the item total to be used in calculating the total Base Bid. This item will be treated as a contingency, against which the Owner at his discretion may direct additional work required during the course of the project to facilitate the project. The additional work shall be agreed upon in writing and approved by the Owner. The final project change order shall include all additional costs approved under the contingency. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Measurement and Payment J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01025.doc 01025 -7 SECTION 01046 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING STRUCTURES, PIPING, AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to modify, alter and /or convert existing structures as shown or specified. B. Existing structures, piping, and equipment shall be removed and dismantled as necessary for the installation of the new equipment in accordance with the requirements herein specified. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall cut, repair, reuse, excavate, demolish or otherwise remove parts of the existing structures or appurtenances, as indicated on the Drawings, herein specified, or necessary to permit completion of the work under this Contract. He shall dispose of surplus materials resulting from the above work in an approved manner. The above work shall include the cutting of grooves and chases in existing masonry to permit the proper bonding of new masonry to old, repointing of existing masonry, the drilling of holes into existing masonry for the purpose of setting dowel rods, anchor bolts, or other appurtenances, and the cutting of holes in masonry for the installation of pipe, conduits, and other appurtenances. The work shall included all necessary cutting and bending of reinforcing steel, structural steel, or miscellaneous metal work found embedded in the existing structures. B. No existing structure, equipment, or appurtenance shall be shifted, cut, removed, or otherwise altered except with the express approval of and to the extent approved by the Owner/Engineer. C. When removing materials or portions of existing structures and when making openings in walls and partitions, the Contractor shall take all precautions and use all necessary barriers and other protective devices so as not to damage the Cardno TBE Modifications to Existing Structures, Piping, and Equipment J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01046.doc 01046 -1 structures beyond the limits necessary for the new work, not to damage the structures or contents by falling or flying debris. D. Materials and equipment removed in the course of making alterations and additions shall remain the property of the Owner, except that items not salvageable, as determined by the Engineer and the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor to be disposed of by him off the site of the work at his own place of disposal. Operating equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and then lubricated and greased for protection during prolonged storage. E. All work of altering existing structures shall be done at such time and in such manner as will comply with the approved time schedule. So far as possible before any part of the Work is started, all tools, equipment, and materials shall be assembled and made ready so that the work can be completed without delay. F. All workmanship and new materials involved in constructing the alterations shall conform to the Specifications for the classes of work insofar as such specifications are applicable. G. All cutting of existing masonry or other material to provide suitable bonding to new work shall be done in a manner to meet the requirements of the respective Section of these Specifications covering the new work. When not covered, the work shall be carried on in the manner and to extent directed by the Owner/Engineer. H. Where holes in existing masonry are required to be sealed, unless otherwise herein specified, they shall be sealed with cement mortar or concrete. The sides of the openings shall be provided with keyed joints and shall be suitably roughened to furnish a good bond and make a watertight joint. All loose or unsound material adjacent to the opening shall be removed, and if necessary, replaced with new material. The method of placing the mortar seal shall provide a suitable means of releasing entrapped air. I. Surfaces of seals visible in the completed work shall be made to match as nearly as possible the adjacent surfaces. J. Nonshrink grout shall be used for setting wall castings, sleeves, doweling anchors into existing concrete and elsewhere as shown. 3.02 CLEANING EXISTING STRUCTURES A. Before commencing work on each structure, the Contractor shall remove and dispose of, away from the site, any sand, sludge, and other solids remaining in such structures. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Modifications to Existing Structures. Pining. and Equipment J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01046.doc 01046 -2 SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Abbreviation and acronyms used in Contract Documents to identify reference standards. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Application: When a standard is specified by reference, comply with requirements and recommendations stated in that standard, except when requirements are modified by the Contract Documents, or applicable codes establish stricter standards. B. Publication Date: The publication in effect on the date of issue of Contract Documents, except when a specific publication date is specified. 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS, NAMES, AND ADDRESSES OR ORGANIZATIONS Obtain copies of referenced standards direct from publication source, when needed for proper performance of Work, or when required for submittal by Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association 818 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 AASHTO American Association of State Highway & Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI AI American Concrete Institute Box 19150 Redford Station Detroit, MI 48219 Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 Cardno TBE Reference Standards J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs \01090.doc 01090 -1 AISC AISI American Institute of Steel Construction 1221 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10020 American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ASPA American Sod Producers Association Association Building Ninth and Minesota Hastings, NE 68901 ASTM American Society of Testing & Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 W. Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue Washington, DC 20036 CRSI FS Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 180 North LaSalle Street, Suite 2110 Chicago, IL 60601 Federal Specification General Services Administration Specifications and Consumer Information Distribution Section (WFSIS) Washington Navy Yard, Bldg. 197 Washington, DC 20407 MIL Military Specification Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Avenue Philadelphia, PA 19120 Cardno TBE Reference Standards J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs \01090.doc 01090 -2 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 2101 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20037 PCA PCI PS UL Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 20076 Prestressed Concrete Institute 20 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 Product Standard U.S. Department of Commerce Washington, DC 20203 Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, 11 60062 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Reference Standards J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01090.doc 01090 -3 SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Promptly after award of the Contract, prepare and submit to Engineer estimated construction progress schedules for the Work, with subschedules of related activities which are essential to its progress. B. Submit revised progress schedules to maintain proposed schedule within 30 days of work in place. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Conditions of the Contract. B. Section 01010: Summary of Work. C. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Produce Data, and Samples. 1.03 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Prepare schedules in the form of: 1. Horizontal Bar Chart. 2. Network Analysis System. 3. Other Method Accepted by Owner. B. Format of Listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work. 1.04 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of each major element of construction. Specifically list: a) Site clearing. b) Site utilities. c) Foundation work. d) Structural framing. e) Subcontractor work. f) Equipment installations. g) Delivery of 0 & M Manuals. Cardno TBE Construction Schedules J: \00083\00083200.00 \doc \specs \01310.doc 01310 -1 h) Finishings. i) Start-up B. Submittals, Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's Submittals. 2. The dates revised submittals will be required from the Engineer. C. Provide subschedules to define critical portions of prime schedules. 1.05 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. Major changes in scope. 2. Activities modified since previous submission. 3. Revised projections of progress and completion. 4. Other identifiable changes. C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. 1.06 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial schedules within 10 days after the effective date of the Agreement. I. Engineer will review schedules and return review copy within 10 days after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit within seven days after return of review copy. B. With each application for payment, submit progress schedule if revised since last payment request. C. Submit one reproducible transparency which will be returned to the Contractor, plus two copies which will be retained by the Engineer. 1.07 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Job site file. 2. Subcontractors. 3. Other concerned parties. Cardno TBE Construction Schedules J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01310.doc 01310 -2 B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections shown in the schedules. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Construction Schedules J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01310.doc 01310 -3 SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Submit Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples required by Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Definitions and Additional Responsibilities of Parties: Conditions of the Contract. B. Section 01700: Contract Closeout. Section 01730: Operation and Maintenance Data 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings: The Contractor shall submit detailed and dimensioned working shop drawings showing the construction of the proposed facility and installation of all equipment complete in every respect. Each drawing shall be indexed and /or referenced to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. No work upon the manufacture or fabrication of any equipment shall be performed until the Engineer has reviewed and returned the shop drawings marked with "make corrections as noted or no exceptions taken." The Contractor shall also submit layout drawings showing exact installation, piping and details for the units being submitted. B. The Contractor shall review, approve and sign all shop drawings. Contractor is responsible for dimensions and field conditions. Any deviations from plans or specifications shall be clearly shown. C. Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner. D. Details shall be identified by reference of sheet and detail or schedule. E. Minimum sheet size: 8 -1/2 X 11 inches. 1.04 PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation 1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. Cardno TBE Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01340.doc 01340 -1 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. B. Manufacture's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: 1. Modify drawings and diagrams by deleting information which is not applicable to the work. 2. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work. C. Operation and Maintenance (O &M) Manuals — See Section 01730 Operating and Maintenance Data 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples prior to submission. B. Determine and verify: 1. Field measurements. 2. Field construction criteria. 3. Catalog numbers and similar data. 4. Conformance with specifications. C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. D. Notify the Engineer in writing, at time of submission, of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the contract Documents. E. Begin no fabrication or work which requires approved submittals until return of submittals by Engineer 1.06 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make submittals in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work. B. Number of submittals required: 1. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit four (4) copies. 2. Samples: Submit the quantity stated in each specification section. C. Submittals shall contain: 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions. 2. The Project title and number. 3. Contract identification. 4. The names of: a) Contractor b) Supplier Cardno TBE Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01340.doc 01340 -2 c) Manufacturer 5. Identification of the product, with the specification section number. 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers. 9. Identifications of deviations from Contract Documents. 10. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. 11. An 8 -inch X 3.5 -inch blank space for Contractor and Engineer stamps. 12. CONTRACTOR'S stamp intitialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents. 1.07 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make any corrections or changes in the submittals noted by the Engineer and resubmit unless otherwise noted. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those suggested by the Engineer. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. 1.08 ENGINEER'S DUTIES A. Review submittals within 14 days or in accord with the schedule. B. Affix stamp and initials or signature, and indicate status of submittal. C. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or resubmission. D. Review initial submittals and one resubmittal. Resubmittals that cannot be approved will be returned. Additional resubmittals will be reviewed by the Engineer, and costs for time and materials for reviewing resubmittals will be back charged by the Engineer to the Contractor. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01340.doc 01340 -3 SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Submit to the Engineer a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the Work, within ten days after award of contract. B. Upon the request of the Engineer, support the values with data which will substantiate their correctness. C. The Schedule of Values, unless objected to by the Engineer, shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. D. Related Requirements in Other Parts of the Contract Documents. 1. Agreement 2. General Conditions 3. Supplementary Conditions 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01600: Material and Equipment. 1.03 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Type schedule on 8 -1/2 -inch X 11 -inch white paper; Contractor's standard forms and automated printout will be considered for approval by Engineer upon Contractors request. Identify schedule with: 1. Title of Project, location and (City, County, Owner) Project Number. 2. Engineer and Engineer's Project number. 3. Name and Address of Contractor. 4. Date of Submission. B. Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the Work, in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. C. Follow the table of contents of these Specifications as the format for listing component items. 1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section of the specifications. D. For each major line item list sub - values of: Cardno TBE Schedule of Values J_\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs \01370.doc 01370 -1 1. Major products or operations under the item. 2. Contract conditions, such as: bonds, insurance premiums, job mobilization, construction facilities and temporary controls. E. For the various portions of the Work: 1. Each item shall include a directly proportional amount of the Contractor's overhead and profit. 2. For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials, break down the value into: a. The cost of the materials, delivered and unloaded, with taxes paid. b. The total installed value. F. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum. 1.04 SUBSCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES A. Submit a subschedule of unit costs and quantities for: 1. Products specified under a unit cost allowance in Section 01020. 2. Products on which progress payments will be requested for stored products. B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule of Values, with each item identified the same as the line item in the Schedule of Values. C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal waste. D. The unit values for the materials shall be broken down into: 1. Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at the site, with taxes paid. 2. Installation costs, including Contractor's overhead and profit. E. The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity listed shall equal the cost of that item in the Schedule of Values. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Schedule of Values J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs \01370.doc 01370 -2 SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Products. B. Workmanship. C. Manufacturer's Instructions. D. Transportation and Handling. E. Storage and Protection F. Substitutions and Product Options. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010: Summary of Work. B. Section 01090: Reference Standards. C. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. D. Section 01700: Contract Closeout. 1.03 PRODUCTS A. Products include material, equipment, and systems. B. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements. C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a Specification section shall be the same, and shall be interchangeable. 1.04 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances of specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. Cardno TBE Material and Equipment J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01600.doc 01600 -1 B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship for specified quality. C. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. 1.05 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When work is specified to comply with manufacturer's instructions, submit copies as specified in Section 01340, and distribute copies to persons involved, and maintain one set in field office. B. Perform work in accordance with details of instructions and specified requirements. Should a conflict exist between Specifications and instructions, consult with the Engineer. 1.06 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by Owner, by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. B. Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent scraping, marring or otherwise damaging products or surrounding surfaces. C. Handle products by methods to prevent bending or overstressing. D. Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. 1.07 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive Products in weather -tight enclosures and maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. B. For exterior storage of fabricated Products, place on supports above ground. Cover Products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; and provide ventilation to avoid condensation. C. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well- drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. D. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure Products are undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions. Cardno TBE Material and Equipment J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01600.doc 01600 -2 E. After installation, provide coverings to protect Products from damage from traffic and construction operations. Remove when no longer needed. F. During such periods of time that are designated by the United States Weather Bureau as being a hurricane warning or alert, construction materials or equipment shall be secured against displacement by wind forces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Material and Equipment J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01600.doc 01600 -3 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Substantial Completion B. Final inspection after completion C. Final cleaning D. Contractor's closeout submittals E. Final adjustment of accounts 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. When CONTRACTOR considers work has reached substantial completion, he shall submit to the ENGINEER the following: 1. Written notice that the work is substantially complete in accordance with Contract Documents. 2. A list of items yet to be completed or corrected and explanations thereof. B. Within a reasonable time upon receipt of such notice, the ENGINEER will make an inspection, if necessary, to determine the status of completion. C. Should the ENGINEER determine that the work is not substantially complete: 1. The ENGINEER will promptly notify the CONTRACTOR in writing, giving the reasons thereof 2. CONTRACTOR shall remedy the deficiencies in the work and send a second written notice of Substantial Completion to the ENGINEER. 3. Upon receipt of the second notice, the ENGINEER will reinspect the Work. D. When the ENGINEER finds that the Work is substantially complete he will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion with a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final inspection. 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION AFTER COMPLETION A. When CONTRACTOR considers the Work is complete with all minor deficiencies completed or corrected, he shall submit written certification that: Cardno TBE Contract Closeout J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs \01700.doc 01700 -1 1. Contract Document requirements have been met. 2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 4. All minor deficiencies have been corrected or completed and the Work is ready for final inspection. 5. Project record documents including O &M manuals are complete, approved, and submitted. B. Within a reasonable time upon receipt of such certification, the ENGINEER will make an inspection to verify the status of completion. C. Should the ENGINEER determine that the work is incomplete or defective: 1 The ENGINEER will promptly notify the CONTRACTOR in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. CONTRACTOR shall remedy the deficiencies in the work and send a second written certification to the ENGINEER that the Work is complete. 3. Upon receipt of the second certification, the ENGINEER will reinspect the Work. D. When the ENGINEER determines that the work is acceptable, under the Contract Documents, he shall request the CONTRACTOR to make closeout submittals. 1.04 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute prior to final inspection. B. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean other surfaces. C. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the Project and from the site. 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents 1. At Contract closeout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, CONTRACTOR'S name and address, list of documents, and signature of CONTRACTOR. 2. Drawings; Legibly marked to record actual construction: a) Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. Data shall be in State Plane coordinates utilizing the North American Datum of 1983 /90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. b) Drawings shall be signed and sealed by a surveyor registered in the State of Florida. c) One signed and sealed project set, plus two additional signed and Cardno TBE Contract Closeout J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs \01700.doc 01700 -2 sealed sets for each permitted utility shall be submitted to the City. d) Record Drawings should also be submitted to the City on disk in .dwg (Autodesk AutoCADD Release 14 or later). 3. Specifications and Addenda; Legibly mark each Section to record. 4. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. B. Evidence of payment and Release of Liens. 1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Engineer. B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum. 1. The original Contract sum. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a) Previous change orders or written amendment. b) Allowances c) Unit prices d) Deductions for uncorrected work. e) Penalties and bonuses f) Deductions for liquidated damages g) Other adjustments 3. Total Contract Sum as adjusted 4. Previous payments 5. Sum remaining due PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Contract Closeout J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs \01700.doc 01700 -3 SECTION 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operations of products specified. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications. B. Provide Factory Service Representative to instruct Owner's personnel in maintenance of products and in operation of equipment and systems. C. Provide Operation and Maintenance Data Sufficient to meet Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) Operation and Maintenance Manual Requirements. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples. B. Section 01700: Contract Closeout. C. Section 13300: Metering System - General 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preparation of data shall be done by factory personnel: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. 2. Familiar with requirements of this Section. 3. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data. 4. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings. 5. Familiar with FDEP and USEPA Operation and Maintenance Manual requirements. 1.04 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual and compact disc for use by Owner's personnel. This is not a compilation of manufacturer's data, but a written operations and maintenance manual. Cardno TBE Operating and Maintenance Data J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01730.doc 01730 -1 B. Provide two (2) preliminary review copies for Engineer's review and acceptance. Upon acceptance, submit six (6) final copies in boxes indicating contents. Provide on electronic copy on CD for each site. C. Format: 1. Size: 8 -1/2 inches X 11 inches. 2. Paper: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. 3. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings to size of text pages. 4. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. a. Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs. 5. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS." List: a. Title and Project. b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. c. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. D. Binders: 1. Commercial quality three -ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 2. Maximum ring size: Three inch. 3. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 1.05 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order. 1. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume. 2. List, with each product, name, address and telephone number of: a. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. b. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 3. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify data applicable to installation. Cardno TBE Operating and Maintenance Data J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01730.doc 01730 -2 c. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Drawings 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control of flow diagrams. D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. Provide logical sequence of instruction for each procedure. E. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedures in event of failure. b. Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds. F. See Section 13300 (Metering Systems) for additional requirements. 1.06 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES Not Used. 1.07 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit six (6) copies of complete manual in final form. B. Provide following content, for each unit of equipment and system as appropriate (see Section 13300 Metering Systems for additional requirements): 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures. a. Start-up, break -in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "Trouble- shooting. c. Disassembly, repair and re- assembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubricants required. a. List of lubricants required. Cardno TBE Operating and Maintenance Data J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01730.doc 01730 -3 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as parts. 8. As- installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panel boards. a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. As- installed color coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routing operations. b. Guide to trouble shooting. c. Disassembly, repair and re- assembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications. D. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owner's personnel. E. Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: Respective Sections of Specifications. F. Other items as may be individually specified within the sections. 1.08 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to 50 percent completion of project. Cardno TBE Overating and Maintenance Data J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \01730.doc 01730 -4 B. Changes and Corrections to approved data due to construction adjustments shall be submitted prior to substantial completion of the project. 1.09 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, provide Factory Representative to fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of products, equipment and systems. A minimum of 4 hours per site actual field training shall be included. B. Operating and Maintenance Manual 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Operating and Maintenance Data J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs \01730.doc 01730 -5 SECTION 02221 TRENCHING BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Excavate for all underground piping. B. Place and compact granular beds and fills over pipelines to rough grade elevations. C. Dewater excavations as required. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. 15050 Piping, Fittings, Valves, and Accessories 1.03 SITE COMPACTION TESTING A. Testing of compacted fill materials will be performed in accordance with F.D.O.T. and A.A.S.H.T.O. specifications. B. If, during progress of Work, tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest as directed by ENGINEER. C. Ensure compacted fills are tested before proceeding with placement of surface materials. 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawn, areas to receive planting, rock outcropping and other features remaining as part of final landscaping. B. Protect benchmarks and existing structures, roads, sidewalks, paving and curbs against damage from vehicular or foot traffic. Install and maintain proper bridging and planking to provide access to buildings. C. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling underpinning, or by other methods, as required to prevent cave -ins or loose dirt from falling into excavations in accordance with Trench Safety Act. D. Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structure(s) which may be damaged by excavation work. This includes other utility lines and pipe runs. Cardno TBE Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \02221.doc 02221 -1 E. Notify ENGINEER of any unexpected sub - surface conditions. Discontinue work in the area until ENGINEER provides notification to resume work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Bedding Materials: Pipe shall be placed on dry, undisturbed earth. B. Selected Backfill: After pipe joints have been inspected and given preliminary approval, and sufficient time has elapsed for setting of joints if necessary, backfilling shall be performed, together with tamping until fill has progressed to an elevation at least one foot above the top of the pipe bell. During this initial stage of backfilling, approved granular materials or loose soil free from lumps, clods, or stones shall be deposited in layers approximately 6- inches thick and compacted by manually operated machine tampers actuated by compressed air, or other suitable means. Tampers and machines shall be suitable for the work, and subject to approval by ENGINEER. C. Backfill Material: Excavated material, free from roots, rocks larger than 3'/2 inches in size and building debris. D. Fill under landscaped areas: Free from alkali, salt, and petroleum products. Use sub -soil excavated from site only if conforming to specified requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND LAYOUT A. Establish extent of excavation by area and elevation. Designate and identify datum elevation. B. Set required lines and levels. C. Maintain benchmarks, monuments and other reference points. 3.02 UTILITIES A. Before starting excavation, establish the location and extent of underground utilities occurring in the work area. B. Notify ENGINEER if utility lines which are in the way of excavation are uncovered. C. Protect active utility services uncovered by excavation. Cardno TBE Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \02221.doc 02221 -2 D. Remove abandoned utility service lines from areas of excavation. Cap, plug or seal such lines and identify at grade. E. Accurately locate and record abandoned and active utility lines re- routed or extended on Project Record Documents. 3.03 TRENCHING A. Ensure trenching does not interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of any foundation. B. Excavate in accordance with lines and grades. C. Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable proper installation of pipe and to allow for inspection. Trim and shape trench bottom and leave free of irregularities, lumps and projections. D. Do not disturb soil within branch spread of existing trees or shrubs that are to remain. If it is necessary to excavate through roots, perform work by hand and cut roots with a sharp axe. E. When complete, request ENGINEER to inspect excavations. Correct unauthorized excavation as directed, at no cost to OWNER. F. Remove excess or unsuitable excavated sub -soil from site. 3.04 DEWATERING A. Keep trenches dry. Provide necessary equipment including pumps, piping and temporary drains. B. Do not discharge drainage water into municipal sewers without municipal approval. Ensure water discharge does not contain silt held in suspension. C. A Generic Groundwater Discharge Permit is required for discharging drainage water into the City's storm system or bodies of water. Groundwater samples shall be taken and tested by a laboratory before the permit is issued. D. Direct surface drainage away from excavated areas. E. Control the grading in and adjacent to excavations to prevent water running into excavated areas or onto adjacent properties or public thoroughfares. F. Furnish and operate suitable pumps on a 24 hour basis to keep excavations free of water until piping has been placed and backfilling has been completed. Cardno TBE Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \02221.doc 02221 -3 G. No water shall be allowed to rise over masonry or mortar until the concrete or mortar has set at least 24 hours. 3.05 BACKFILLING A. Do not start backfilling until piping has been inspected. B. Ensure trenches are free of building debris, wood, rocks over 3'/2 inches in diameter and water. C. Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction. D. After backfill has reached a point one foot above the top of the pipe, a variation in the procedure as to manner of placing and amount of compaction to fill will be allowed, depending upon the location of the work and danger from subsequent settlement, as follows: 1. For backfilling in unimproved areas (along utility easements and in parkway strip beyond the edge of driveways and graveled parking areas), from an elevation of one foot above top of pipe to the surface of the ground, backfill may be deposited by equipment. Depositing in layers, or tamping will not be required. Sufficient surplus excavated material shall be neatly rounded over the trench, to compensate for settlement. All surplus excavated materials beyond that indicated above shall be disposed of by Contractor. 2. For backfilling beneath driveways and parking areas, alleys, and streets where non -rigid type surfacing is to be replaced. This shall also include dirt, gravel or asphalt driveways and alleys. a. The backfill material shall be carefully deposited in uniform layers not to exceed 12- inches in thickness and each layer shall be compacted to 98% of maximum density in accordance with AASHTO T -180 with manually operated machine tampers. b. In lieu of the foregoing compaction method, the backfill material and procedure used may be that as specified under Method 3, below. 3. For backfilling across and beneath driveways, sidewalks, parking areas or streets where a rigid type paving is to be replaced (concrete and asphaltic concrete and brick surfaces). a. All backfill material shall be approved granular material of high weight and density. The material shall be carefully deposited in uniform layers not to exceed 12- inches thick (loose measure), and each layer shall be compacted by ramming or tamping with tools approved by ENGINEER in a manner that does not disturb the pipe. Cardno TBE Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \02221.doc 02221 -4 Where necessary, granular base material of the type and thickness specified shall be used for the last layer prior to surfacing. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \02221.doc 02221 -5 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included under this section consists of furnishing all materials, forms, transportation and equipment, and performing all necessary labor to do all the plain and reinforced concrete work shown on the Drawings, or incidental to the proper execution of the work, or as herein specified. B. Composition: Concrete shall be composed of cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, and water, so proportioned and mixed as to produce a plastic workable mixture in accordance with all requirements under this section suitable to the specific conditions of placement. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. All materials specified shall be certified by the producer or manufacturer that the furnished material meets the specific requirements of the specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: 1. Cement: Cement for all concrete shall be domestic Portland cement that conforms to the requirements of ASTM Designation C 150, Type I, Type II or Type III. Type III cement for high early strength concrete shall be used only for special locations and only with the approval of the Owner. Type II cement containing the lowest calcium thiosulfate available shall be used in the construction of sanitary sewer manholes, wet wells, pump stations and other structures in contact with sewage. 2. Only one brand of cement shall be used in any individual structure unless approved by the Owner. Cement which has become damaged, partially set, lumpy or caked shall not be used and the entire contents of the sack or container which contains such cement will be rejected. No salvaged or reclaimed cement shall be used. B. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall conform to the requirements of the Florida Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ", latest edition. Cardno TBE Concrete J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \03300.doc 03300 -1 C. Coarse Aggregate: Coarse aggregate shall conform to the requirements of the Florida Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ", latest edition, except that slag shall not be used and the gradation shall be grade 57. D. Water: Water shall be taken from a potable water supply and shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali or organic matter. E. Admixtures: No admixtures shall be used except by specific approval. When approved, admixtures shall meet the following minimum standards. 1. Air entraining agent: ASTM C 260. 2. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D and free of chlorides. F. Membrane Curing Compound: Membrane curing compound shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO Designation M 148, Type 1- clear, or Type 2 -white pigmented. G. Expansion Joint Filler: 1. Preformed expansion joint filler shall be of the nonextruding and resilient bituminous type and conform to the requirements of AASHTO Designation M 213. 2. Expansion joint filler shall be gray neoprene sponge rubber that conforms to AASHTO Designation M 153, Type I. H. Membrane: Membrane shall be a 6 mil polyethylene film. I. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 615, Deformed Grade 60, except where otherwise indicated. a. The name of the manufacturer of the reinforcing steel shall be called out in the shop drawings together with a sketch showing the pattern of the deformation, including the mill mark. b. Bar reinforcement shall be accurately fabricated in accordance with the latest CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. The Contractor shall have prepared and shall submit to the Owner in sextuplicate, necessary shop drawings and bar lists. The Contractor shall be responsible for errors made in shop drawings reviewed by the Owner or his authorized representative. Cardno TBE Concrete J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \03300.doc 03300 -2 2. Welded wire fabric for concrete reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 185 and shall be formed with smooth cold -drawn wire. 3. Cold -drawn wire for spirals shall be plain and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 82 with a minimum yield strength of 70,000 psi. 4. Bar Supports: a. Bar supports for reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter 3 and shall be of a height to furnish the concrete cover called for on Drawings. High chairs shall be furnished for bent or top bars in solid slabs. Bar supports to be in contact with exterior surfaces of concrete shall be Class C with plastic caps at least 1 -inch in length on the leg tips, or Class E with stainless steel legs. Bar supports shall be spaced not more than 100 times the diameter of the bars to be supported, with not more than 1/4 spacing from the end of the supported bars to the first chair. b. Bar supports for slabs on grade shall be plain concrete blocks, three inches high by 4- inches square with tie wires embedded in support. Concrete strength shall be at 3,000 psi at time of use. J. Forms: Forms shall be of wood, steel or other approved materials. The sheeting for all exposed surfaces shall be 5 -ply plywood, unless otherwise specifically authorized. Forms of like character shall be used for similarly exposed surfaces in order to produce a uniform appearance. Forming for exposed exterior concrete from one foot below finished exterior grade to top of structure shall be carefully fabricated so as to provide a smooth finish without defects. The type, size, shape, quality and strength of all materials of which the forms are made shall be subject to the approval of the Owner. If it is his opinion that the interior surfaces of the forms are too irregular to produce the specified finish, they shall be lined with smooth, dense, moisture resistant hardboard or other material of which he approves. K. Nonshrink Grout: Nonshrink grout shall be nonmetallic, pre -mixed type and shall be Sauereisen F -100 Level Fill, Master Builders Masterflow 713, Burke Non - Ferrous, Non - Shrink Grout or approved equal. L. Sealer: Sealer shall be applied over existing cleaned surface and proposed concrete surface. The preventative silane shall be a clear solution of an Alkyl Silane formulated at 20 percent and 40 percent active Silane in DOT non- flammable, mineral spirit solvent. Product shall be system 8244 made Polymer Systems, Inc. or equivalent. Cardno TBE Concrete J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \03300.doc 03300-3 2.02 CLASSIFICATION AND STRENGTH OF CONCRETE A. Class and minimum strength requirements for concrete shall be as tabulated below. B. Strength Requirements: Concrete shall meet the following minimum 28 -day compressive strength. Miscellaneous Concrete 3,000 psi (thrust blocks, pipe encasement, etc.) Concrete Curb /Gutter/ 3,000 psi Sidewalk/Pavement Cast -in- Place/Precast Structures 4,000 psi Prestressed Structures 5,000 psi 2.03 PROPERTIES AND DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIX A. Tests and Design Mix: 1. The Contractor, 30 days before the beginning of concrete work, shall advise the Owner or his authorized representative of the proposed sources of the materials, or ready -mixed concrete, which the Contractor intends to use in the work. A design mix which has been used by the concrete supplier before, may be submitted for approval provided the proportions and strengths meet the requirements of this specifications. 2. The source and manufacturer of material after once having been approved shall not be changed by the Contractor, except as approved by the Owner or his authorized representative, and additional laboratory tests may be required by the Owner or his authorized representative to prove conformance with specification requirements. 3. If during the progress of the work, tests indicate that concrete is not being produced in accordance with these Specifications, the Owner or his authorized representative may order changes in the materials or their proportions so as to secure concrete as specified. B. Slump: Slumps shall be as low as possible consistent with proper placing. Low slump concrete shall be used for footing and slabs on grade. Medium slump concrete shall be used for walls, columns and suspended slabs. Cardno TBE Concrete J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \03300.doc 03300 -4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Concrete Mixing: 1. Equipment: The concrete shall be ready -mixed and the equipment shall conform to the applicable requirements of ASTM Designation C 94. 2. Measurement: Equipment necessary to positively determine and control the actual amounts of all materials entering the concrete shall be provided by the Contractor or the concrete manufacturer. All materials shall be measured by weight, except that water may be measured by volume. A bag of cement weighs 94 pounds. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Forms: 1. Construction: a. Forms shall be built true to line and grade, and shall be mortartight and sufficiently rigid to prevent displacement or sagging between supports. Particular attention shall be given to adequacy of supports and shoring, which is the Contractor's responsibility. The surfaces of forms used for permanently exposed surfaces shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags, or holes. Forms for surfaces to receive stucco finish shall be suitable for its application. Bolts and rods used for internal ties shall be so arranged that, when the forms are removed, all metal is at least 1 '/2 inch from any concrete surface. Form ties shall be removed immediately after removal of forms, and holes shall be thoroughly plugged with grout within 24 hours after form removal and kept damp for 4 days to prevent shrinking. b. Wire ties will not be permitted. All forms shall be so constructed that they can be removed without hammering or prying against the concrete. Unless otherwise indicated, suitable moldings shall be placed to bevel or round exposed edges at expansion joints or at any other corners that are to remain. Beams below grade shall have forms at both sides. 2. Coating: Prior to the placing of steel reinforcement or concrete, forms for exposed surfaces shall be coated with a nonstaining paraffin base oil or mineral oil. Forms for unexposed surfaces may be thoroughly wetted in lieu of oiling, immediately before the placing of concrete. Cardno TBE Concrete J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \03300.doc 03300 -5 3. Removal: Forms and /or form supports shall not be removed from any concrete until it has obtained sufficient strength to support itself and any live loads it may be subjected to, and then only with the approval of the Owner or his authorized representative. B. Reinforcing Steel: When placed in the forms, reinforcement shall be clean and free of all rust, scale, dust, dirt, paint, oil or other foreign material and shall be accurately and securely positioned in the forms as shown on the Drawings before the placing of concrete. Reinforcing steel shall be wired or otherwise fastened together at intersections and shall be supported by concrete or metal supports, spacers or hangers. Bar supports, where adjacent to the ground, shall be set on precast concrete pads compressed into the subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain approval before fastening reinforcing steel at intersections by welding methods. 1. Splicing of reinforcement shall be held to a minimum and shall be placed at points of minimum stress. Bars shall be lapped at splices a minimum of 24 bar diameters unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed, and shall be rigidly wired or clamped. 2. Wire fabric shall be straightened before placing and shall overlap one full space of mesh at ends and edges and shall be securely fastened. Fabric shall be supported so as to occupy its proper location in the concrete as shown on the Drawings. Fabric shall not cross any expansion joints. C. Embedded Items: In addition to steel reinforcement, pipes, inserts and other metal objects as shown, specified or ordered shall be built into, set in or attached to the concrete. All necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent these objects from being displaced, broken or deformed. Before concrete is placed, care shall be taken to determine that all embedded parts are firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. They shall be thoroughly clean and free from paint or other coating, rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. No wood shall be embedded in concrete. The concrete shall be packed tightly around pipes and other metal work to prevent leakage and to secure perfect adhesion. Drains shall be adequately protected from intrusion of concrete. D. Concrete: 1. General: Reinforcement shall be secured in position, inspected and approved before placing concrete. Runways for transporting concrete shall not rest on reinforcing steel. Concrete not placed within 90 minutes from the time mixing is started will be rejected and shall be removed from the job by the Contractor. Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in final position. Concrete shall not be allowed to drop freely more than six feet. All concrete shall be placed in daylight and (excepting seal concrete) shall be placed in the dry unless otherwise authorized in writing. Cardno TBE Concrete J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \03300.doc 03300 -6 2. Slabs Placed On Subgrade: Slab concrete placed on earth or fill subgrade shall be separated from direct contact with the subgrade by 6 mil polyethylene film or other approved material. Sidewalks and walkways will not require a separation sheet. Polyethylene film shall be lapped four inches on sides and 12 inches on ends. 3. Compaction: Concrete shall be compacted by internal vibrating equipment, supplemented by hand rodding and tamping as required. Vibrators shall in no case be used to move the concrete laterally inside the forms. Internal vibrators shall maintain a speed of at least 50000 impulses per minute when submerged in concrete. (At least one spare vibrator in working condition shall be maintained at the site during concrete placing operations.) Duration of vibration shall be limited to time necessary to produce satisfactory consolidation without causing segregation. Vibrator shall be moved constantly and placed in each specific spot only once. 4. Bonding: Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete that has set, the surfaces of the set concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned so as to expose the coarse aggregate and be free of laitance, coatings, foreign matter and loose particles. Forms shall be retightened. The cleaned surfaces shall be dampened, but not saturated, and then thoroughly covered with a coat of cement grout of similar proportions to the mortar in the concrete. The grout shall be as thick as possible on vertical surfaces and at least 1/4 -inch thick on horizontal surfaces. The fresh concrete shall be placed before the grout has attained its initial set. 5. Protection: Rainwater shall not be allowed to increase the ratio of mixing water nor to damage the surface finish. Concrete shall be protected from disfigurement, damage, vibration, internal fractures and construction overloads. E. Curing: 1. All concrete, including gunite, shall be water cured by covering with a double thickness of clean burlap, cotton mats, or other approved material kept thoroughly saturated with water. The forms shall be kept wet until removed and upon removal, the curing specified herein shall be started immediately. Concrete shall be cured for a period of 7 days for normal Portland cement or 4 days for high early strength cement. Concrete poured in the dry shall not be submerged until it has attained sufficient strength to adequately sustain the stress involved nor shall it be subjected to flowing water across its surface until it has cured 4 days. Curing of gunite shall be started as soon as possible without damaging surface and not later than 2 hours after placing. Cardno TBE Concrete J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \03300.doc 03300 -7 2. In lieu of wet burlap or cotton mats as specified above, concrete slabs may be covered with wet sand and kept moist for the specified curing period. The initial curing period of not less than 24 hours shall consist of the wet burlap or cotton mat method, then the wet sand method may be utilized until the end of the curing period. 3. Concrete surfaces which will not be coated, painted, plastered, stuccoed, covered with tile or floor covering or requiring a bonding surface may be cured by means of a membrane curing compound in lieu of the wet cure method. The curing compound shall be applied immediately after a satisfactory surface finish has been completed or forms have been removed. The rate of application of membrane curing compound shall be at least one gallon to every 200 square feet of exposed surface to be cured. The membrane curing compound and impervious covering shall be continuous and without defects and shall retain the required moisture in the concrete. Membrane curing compound that becomes damaged by rain, foot traffic or other conditions within 5 days of application shall be reapplied. F. Finishes: 1. As soon as forms can safely be removed, all irregular projections shall be chipped off flush with the concrete surfaces. All voids produced by spacers or any honeycombing shall be pointed up with grout and troweled flush with the concrete surface immediately after removal of forms and water cured to prevent shrinkage. Honeycombing shall be cut out to expose a sound concrete surface prior to pointing. The use of mortar pointing or patching shall be confined to the repair of small defects in relatively green concrete. Where substantial repairs are required, the defective concrete shall be cut out to sound concrete and repaired with gunite or the concrete shall be removed and reconstructed as directed. 2. Floor slabs shall be brought to a true and even finish by power or hand floating in a manner that will not bring excess fines to the surface. The consistency of the concrete shall be such that water does not accumulate at the surface. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the surface shall be floated with a wood float and shall be steel troweled to a smooth finish. Troweling shall be the minimum to obtain a smooth, dense surface and shall not be done until the mortar has hardened sufficiently to prevent excess fine material from being worked to the surface. If so directed, the surface shall be brushed lightly with a push broom so as to produce a nonslip surface. 3. Concrete surfaces that are not exposed in the completed work will require no special finish other than such pointing up and rubbing as is necessary to leave them smooth and impervious. Cardno TBE Concrete J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \03300.doc 03300 -8 4. Other surfaces which will be exposed in the completed work shall be finished by being rubbed smooth with a float and water or a carborundum brick. The final surface shall be smooth and dense, without pits, irregularities, blow holes or bubbles. G. Grout: 1. Grout for pointing and patching shall consist of cement and fine aggregate mixed in the proportions used in the concrete and a minimum amount of water to produce a workable grout. 2. Material for grouting column base plates, anchor bolts, reinforcing bars, pipe sleeves and pump base plates shall be of the nonshrink type and shall be mixed and placed as recommended by the manufacturer. Machinery set on grout pads shall not be operated until the grout has cured for at least 24 hours. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: The quality of the concrete as to conformance to the specifications is the entire responsibility of the Contractor until it is accepted in place in the structure and verified by the final cylinder tests made by the laboratory. Arrangements for field testing shall be made by the Contractor with the laboratory as selected by the Owner. B. Compressive Tests: Standard laboratory compressive test cylinders will be obtained by the laboratory when concrete is discharged from the mixer at the site of the work. A set of 6 cylinders will be obtained for each 60 cubic yards or fraction thereof placed each day, for each type of concrete. The cylinders will be cured under laboratory conditions and will be tested in two groups of three at 7 and 28 days of age, respectively. C. Slump Tests: The laboratory of the Owner or their representative will make slump tests of concrete as it is discharged from the mixer at the site of the work. Slump tests will be made for each 25 cubic yards or "pour" of concrete placed. Slump tests may be made on any batch and failure to meet specified slump requirements will be sufficient cause for rejection of that batch. D. Reports: Proper reports of all tests performed by the laboratory and submitted promptly to the Owner. Such reports shall be properly labeled so as to identify the portions of the project into which the materials have been placed. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Concrete J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \03300.doc 03300 -9 SECTION 03600 GROUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included in this Section consists of providing all labor, equipment, materials, and incidentals. necessary to grout the various items listed hereinafter and indicated on the Drawings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's literature shall be submitted for review on the following items: 1. Nonshrink grout data shall include grout properties, mixing, surface preparation and installations. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Grouting materials shall be delivered and stored in unbroken containers with seals and labels intact as packaged by the manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Group: Sauereisen F -100 Level Fill, Master Builders Masterflow 713, Burke Non - Ferrous, Non -Shrink Grout or approved equal pre- mixed type. B. Nonshrink Metallic Group: Master Builders Embeco 636 Grout Premixed type, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. All bonding surfaces shall be clean and dust and oil free. Cardno TBE Grout J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \03600.doc 03600 -1 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Nonshrink Grout: 1. Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout shall be used for grouting precast concrete wall panel connections, column base plates, anchor bolts, reinforcing bars, pipe sleeves, machinery supports and pump base plates. 2. Nonshrink grout shall be mixed and placed as recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Grout shall be mixed as close to the work area as possible and transported quickly to its final position in a manner which will not permit segregation of materials. 4. Nonshrink grout shall be cured with water saturated burlap for at least three days. 5. Machinery set on grout pads shall not be operated until the grout has cured for at least 24 hours. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Grout J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \03600.doc 03600 -2 SECTION 09905 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all labor, materials, apparatus, scaffolding, and all appurtenant Work in connection with painting and protective coatings, complete as indicated, specified and required. B. Principal items include, but are not limited to: 1. All exposed piping, conduits, equipment and other metal surfaces, interior and exterior, except as hereinafter specifically excluded. 2. All submerged and intermittently submerged metal surfaces, except stainless steel. 3. Equipment on which factory applied finishes have been marred, abraded, scratched, nicked, or otherwise damaged. 4. The interior of concrete structures such as wet wells and channels. C. The following surfaces, in general, shall not be painted: 1. Stainless steel unless otherwise noted or indicated. 2. Mechanical equipment with factory finish as specified herein. 3. Electrical and instrumentation equipment with approved factory finish or of stainless steel /nonferrous metal construction, unless otherwise specified. 4. Aluminum handrail, grating, toe plate and similar items. 1.02 GUARANTEE A. A three (3) year guarantee, which commences on the date of acceptance against failure of all coatings, shall be provided unless more stringent requirements are specified hereinafter. Failure of any coating during the guarantee period shall be repaired by the Contractor who shall absorb all costs related to the repair of the coating. Failure shall be defined as peeling, blistering, delamination or loss of adhesion of any of the coatings. Cardne TBE Painting and Protective Coatings J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \09905PaintProtecCoat.doc 09905 -1 1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS A. Without limiting the generality of other requirements of these Specifications, all cleaning, surface preparation, and coating shall conform to the applicable requirements of the referenced portions of the standards specified herein to the extent that the requirements therein specified are not in conflict with the provisions of this Section. B. Quality Assurance: Evaluation of surface preparation for ferrous metals will be based upon NACE Standard TM -OI- Visual Standard for Surface Preparation. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with the following: 1. Coating Materials List. a. The Contractor shall provide four (4) copies of a paint and coating materials list, which indicates the manufacturer and paint number, keyed to the coating schedule herein, for approval by the Engineer prior to or at the time of submittal of samples required herein. b. The Contractor shall include with his submittal, his protective coating schedule for shop and field coatings of items to receive protection. The schedule shall conform to the specified requirements for surface preparation, priming, and coating for items covered, and shall follow the same requirements for similar work where such work has not been specifically called -out. No bare ferrous nonworking surfaces shall be omitted from the schedule. Particular care shall be taken to cover in sufficient detail the coating of mechanical joints and other mechanical devices which shall conform to the recommended practice of the manufacturer of the joint or other mechanical devices. c. Coatings to be used on plastic and fiberglass materials shall be certified as acceptable by all plastic and fiberglass manufacturers whose products are to be coated. Certification copies shall be submitted to the Engineer. The Contractor shall be certified in writing by the painting and coating material manufacturers as qualified applicators of their products with copies of the certification submitted to the Engineer. 2. Product Data Sheets: Contractor shall submit paint and coatings material manufacturers' printed technical data sheets for products intended for use in each paint and coating system. Data sheets shall fully describe material as to its intended use, makeup, recommended surface preparation and application conditions, primers, material mixing and Cardne TBE Painting and Protective Coatings J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \09905PaintProtecCoat.doc 09905 -2 application (including recommended dry mil thickness recoat time), precautions, safety and maintenance cleaning directions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets: Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall accompany all paint submittals and shall be prominently displayed at the job site during all painting activ ties. 1.05 PROTECTION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage to his work or the work of others during the time his work is in progress. 1.06 ONE MANUFACTURER A. To the maximum extent possible, all products shall be the product of one manufacturer unless a specific specialty coating system is specified. Without exception, all coatings for any service condition specified herein shall be by one manufacturer. Once a paint manufacturer has been selected by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall ensure that all equipment manufacturers prime their equipment with the same or a compatible primer. If this cannot be or is not done for any reason, the Contractor shall apply a "universal primer" and recoat with the approved manufacturer's product in the field. PART. 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Surfaces to receive paint and protective coating materials as herein specified in this Section shall be coated in conformance with the applicable coating systems specified herein. All materials specified by name and /or manufacturer or approved for use under these Specifications, shall be delivered unopened at the job site in their original containers and shall not be opened until inspected by the Engineer. B. Whenever a manufacturer's brand name is specified, it is intended to define the general type and quality of paint or coating desired. Other coatings or paints of equal quality may be used. Coating materials shall be a product of TNEMEC, unless otherwise specified, or approved equal. All paint and coatings shall be produced and applied as herein called for or, if not specifically called for, it shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations as approved by the Contracting Officer. Coating materials shall meet Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) requirements of not more than 3.5 lb /gal as applied after thinning. Cardne TBE Painting and Protective Coatings J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \09905PaintProtecCoat.doc 09905 -3 C. General 1. Paint and protective coating materials shall be sealed in containers that plainly show the designated name, formula or specification number, batch number, color, date of manufacture, manufacturer's directions, and name of manufacturer, all of which shall be plainly legible at the time of use. Pigmented paints shall be furnished in containers not larger than five (5) gallons. 2. Products shall be standard of recognized manufacturer engaged in production of such materials for essentially identical or similar applications in the water and wastewater treatment industry. D. Compatibility: Only compatible materials shall be used in the work. Particular attention shall be directed to compatibility of primers and finish coats. If necessary, a compatible barrier coat shall be applied between all existing prime coat and subsequent field coats to ensure compatibility. E. Colors. All colors and shades of colors of all coats of paints and protective coating material shall match existing facility colors and be approved by the City prior to ordering the material. 2.02 SERVICE CONDITION A A. Ferrous and galvanized metals, other than stainless steel, within wet wells or similar corrosive atmospheres, submerged or intermittently submerged in sludge, sewage, chemical mixtures or similar corrosive liquids shall be prepared and coated in accordance with the following requirements. B. Surface Preparation: All metal surfaces shall be field sandblasted in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council Specification SSPC -SP10 (Near White Blast Cleaning). Weld surface, edges, and sharp corners shall be ground smoothly and all weld splatter removed per SSPC -SP3 "Power Tool" or SP2 "Hand Tool" Cleaning. Galvanized metals shall be cleaned per SSPC -SP7 "Brush Off Blast Cleaning" and /or degreased per SSPC -SP1. C. Application. Application shall be in strict conformance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations. All sharp edges, nuts, bolts, or other items difficult to coat shall receive a brush - applied coat of the specified coating prior to application of each coat. D. Except as otherwise noted, the prime coat shall have a minimum thickness of 3 mils and the two finish coats shall have a minimum total dry film thickness of 13 mils. If the finish coat is not applied within manufacturer's recommended time period, an intermediate special surface conditioner shall be applied in advance Cardne TBE Painting and Protective Coatings J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \09905PaintProtecCoat.doc 09905 -4 of finish coats or a light brush blast. The total system shall have a minimum of 16 mils. TNEMEC System: 2.03 SERVICE CONDITION B Shop Primer - Series 66 -1211 Field Primer - Series 104 Finish Coats - Series 104 A. Ferrous and galvanized metals, other than stainless steel, subject to seacoast salt air exposures or equivalent chemical attack, shall be prepared and coated in accordance with the following requirements. See Paragraph 2.08 for asphaltic /bituminous coated pipe. B. Surface Preparation: All surfaces shall be free of dirt, dust, grease, or other foreign matter before coating. Ferrous surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with the Steel Structures Painting Council Specification SSPC -SP7 (Brush Off Blast Cleaning), and galvanized surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC -SP1 (Solvent Cleaning). Weld surface, edges and sharp corners shall be ground smooth and all weld splatter shall be removed per SSPC -SP3 or SP2. Galvanized metal shall be cleaned per SSPC -SP7 (Brush Off Blast Cleaning) and /or degreased per SSPC -SP I. C. Application: Application shall be in strict conformance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations. All sharp edges, nuts, bolts, or other items difficult to coat shall receive a brush- applied coat of the specified coating prior to application of each coat. D. Except as specified below, the prime coat shall have a minimum dry film thickness of 3 mil, intermediate coat shall have minimum thickness of 4 mil, and one or more finish coats for a minimum total dry film thickness of 10.0 mils. TNEMEC System: 2.04 SERVICE CONDITION C Primer - Series 66 Intermediate Coat - Series 66 Finish Coats - Series 73 A. Coating aluminum and non - ferrous metal surfaces, including underside of access hatches, frames, and checkered plate, in contact with concrete or subject to corrosive atmosphere and condensation, shall be prepared and coated in accordance with the following requirements. B. Surface Preparation: Clean non - ferrous surfaces in accordance with SSPC -SP7 (Brush off Blast Cleaning). Cardne TBE Painting and Protective Coatings J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \09905PaintProtecCoat.doc 09905 -5 Application. Application shall be in strict conformance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. D. The prime coat shall have a minimum dry film thickness of 3 mils, and one finish coat, for a total minimum dry film thickness of 7 mil. TNEMEC System: Primer - Series 66 Finish Coat - Series 66 If in Contact with Potable Water:Primer - Series 20 Finish Coat - Series 20 2.05 SERVICE CONDITION D A. Coating exposed PVC pipe shall be prepared and coated in accordance with the following requirements. B. Surface preparation: Clean surfaces with SSPC -SPl solvent cleaner. Lightly sand all surfaces. Degrease prior to sanding. C. Application: Application shall bestrict conformance with the manufacturers printed recommendations. D. Prime coat shall have a minimum dry film thickness of 3 mil, with one finish coat, for a minimum total dry mil thickness of 6 mils. TNEMEC System: Primer - Series 66 Finish Coat - Series 73 2.06 SERVICE CONDITION E A. Concrete which is subject to submergence and intermittent submergence in waste water and groundwater shall be prepared and coated in accordance with the following requirements. B. Surface Preparation: All surfaces shall be cleaned of all dirt, dust, oil, curing compounds, and other deleterious compounds. In general, the concrete shall be reasonably smooth and free of pockets and cavities. All surfaces shall be cleaned by "Brush Off Blasting" (NACE #4 or SSPCSP7). All surfaces shall be completely dry before application of the coating. For existing concrete structures, in addition to above, clean and coat reinforcement, and fill patch areas according to the Drawings. Cardne TBE Painting and Protective Coatings J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \09905PaintProtecCoat.doc 09905 -6 C. Application: Application shall be in strict conformance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations. All coats shall be applied within 24 hours of the previous coat. D. The two finish coats shall have a minimum total dry film thickness of 6 -8 mils. TNEMEC System: Primer - None Finish Coat — TNEMEC Series 446 Perma- Shield MCU 2.07 PATCH COAT FOR GALVANIZED SURFACES A. All galvanized surfaces which are scratched, marred, or otherwise damaged shall be patched with TNEMEC Series 90 -97. 2.08 PRIMER OVER BITUMINOUS COATING A. Two coats, TNEMEC Series 66, or approved equal, at 4.0 mils dry film thickness each. Allow bituminous coating to bleed through on first coat. Apply second coat. Third coat shall be TNEMEC Series 73, 5 mil. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS BURIED FERROUS METAL SURFACES A. All buried valves and other miscellaneous buried ferrous metal surfaces if not factory coated (other than fusion bonded epoxy surfaces), including all- thread restraining rods, after receiving SSPC -SPIO surface preparation and cleaning as previously specified, shall receive not less than two coats of polyamide epoxy coal -tar coating, and shall be TNEMEC Series 46H -413, or approved equal. No prime coat shall be applied under coal tar epoxy. B. Coating thickness shall be from 16 to 20 mils total dry -film thickness for the two coat system. Coated surfaces shall be dry before backfilling. 2.10 UNIVERSAL PRIMER A. The "universal- primer" shall be a primer which can be applied over any other type of solvent based primer, and be compatible with alkyds, epoxies and urethane finish coats. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS A. Unless otherwise specified herein, the paint and coating manufacturer's printed recommendations and instructions for thinning, mixing, handling, applying, and protection of his coating materials; for preparation of surfaces for coating; and Cardne TBE Painting and Protective Coatings J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \09905PaintProtecCoat.doc 09905 -7 for all other procedures relative to coating shall be strictly observed. No substitutions or other deviations will be permitted without written peg mission of the Engineer. 3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Materials shall be delivered in manufacturer's original, sealed containers, with labels and tags intact. Coating materials and equipment shall be stored in designated areas. Coating containers shall be opened only when required for use. Coatings shall be mixed only in designated areas. Coatings shall be thoroughly stirred or agitated to uniformly smooth consistency and prepared and handled in a manner to prevent deterioration and inclusion of foreign matter. Unless otherwise specified or approved, no materials shall be reduced, changed, or used except in accordance with the manufacturer's label or tag on container. 3.03 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. In accordance with the requirements of applicable OSHA Regulations for Construction, the Contractor shall provide and require the use of personal protective equipment for all persons working in or about the project site. B. Respirators shall be worn by all persons engaged in, and assisting in, spray painting. In addition, workers engaged in or near the work during sandblasting shall wear eye and -face protection devices meeting the requirements of ANSI Z87.1 latest revisions, and approved OSHA Regulations for sand blasting operations and equipment including approved air - purifying, half -mask or mouthpiece respirator with appropriate filter. C. Ventilation: Where ventilation is used to control potential exposure to workers as set forth in Section 1910.94 of the OSHA Regulations for Construction. Ventilation shall be adequate to reduce the concentration of the air contaminant to the degree that a hazard to the worker does not exist. Methods of ventilation shall meet the requirements set forth in ASNI -Z9.2, latest revision. D. Sound Levels: In accordance with Sections 1926.52 and 1926.101 of OSHA Regulations for Construction, whenever the occupational noise exposure exceeds maximum sound levels as set forth in Table D -2 ear protective devices shall be fitted and used, and a continuing, effective hearing conservation program shall be administered. E. Cloths and cotton waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed metal containers or destroyed at the end of each workday. Cardne TBE Painting and Protective Coatings J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \09905PaintProtecCoat.doc 09905 -8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3.04 STORAGE, MIXING AND THINNING A. Paint and coating materials shall be protected from exposure to cold weather, and shall be thoroughly stirred, strained, and kept at a uniform consistency during application. Materials of different manufacturers shall not be mixed together. Packaged materials shall be thinned immediately prior to application in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. 3.05 WORKMANSHIP A. Skilled craftsmen and experienced supervision shall be used on all work. B. All paint and coatings shall be applied in a workmanlike manner so as to produce an even film of specified uniform thickness. Edges, corners, crevices, and joints shall receive special attention to ensure that they have been thoroughly cleaned and that they receive an adequate thickness of paint. The finished surfaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges, waves, laps, brush marks, and variations in color, texture, and finish. The hiding shall be so complete that the addition of another coat of paint would not increase the hiding. All coats shall be applied so as to produce a film of uniform thickness. Special attention shall be given to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and similar areas receive .a film thickness equivalent to adjacent areas, and installations shall be protected by the use of drop cloths or other approved precautionary measures. 3.06 PREPARATION FOR PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATING A. All surfaces to receive paint and protective coatings shall be cleaned as specified herein prior to application of coating materials. The Contractor shall examine all surfaces to be coated, and shall correct all surface defects before application of any coating material. Any required removal, repair, or replacement of this work caused by unsuitable conditions shall be done at no additional cost to the City. All marred or abraded spots on shop - primed and factory- finished surfaces shall receive touch -up restoration prior to any other coating application. B. Mildew shall be removed and neutralized by scrubbing affected areas thoroughly with a solution made by adding two (2) ounces of tri- sodium phosphate and eight (8) ounces of sodium hypochloride to one (1) gallon warm water. Use a scouring powder, if necessary, to remove mildew spores. Rinse with clean water and allow to dry thoroughly before painting. 3.07 ITEMS NOT TO BE COATED A. Hardware, anodized aluminum, stainless steel, switch and receptacle plates, escutcheons, hardware accessories, name plate data tags, machined surfaces and similar items shall be removed or masked prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Following completion of coating of each piece, removed Cardne TBE Painting and Protective Coatings J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \09905PaintProtecCoat.doc 09905 -9 items shall be reinstalled. Such removal and installation shall be done by workmen skilled in the trades involved. 3.08 APPLICATION OF PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. Shop Coating: Fabricated metalwork and equipment, which requires coating, shall be shop primed with specified primer. Any such work delivered to the job site with any other shop coat shall either have this coating removed or shall be recoated with "universal- primer ", and the specified coating applied in the field. Manufactured equipment with approved corrosion resistant factory finishes and galvanized finishes shall be exempt from this requirement. B. Application of Field Coatings. 1. Except where in conflict with the manufacturer's printed instructions, or where otherwise specified herein, the Contractor may use brush, roller, air spray, or so- called airless spray application; however, any spray painting must first have the approval of the Engineer. Rollers for applying enamel shall have a short nap. Areas inaccessible to spray coating or rolling shall be coated by brushing or other suitable means. 2. The Contractor shall give special attention to the work to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, bolts, and other areas receive a film thickness at least equivalent to that of adjacent coated surfaces. 3. All protective coating materials shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 4. Prime coat shall be applied to all clean surfaces within a four hour period of the cleaning, and prior to deterioration or oxidation of the surface, and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Drift from sandblasting procedures shall not be allowed to settle on freshly painted surfaces. 5. All coatings shall be applied in dry and dust -free environment. No coating or paint shall be applied when the surrounding air temperature, measured in the shade, is below 40 degrees F. No coating or paint shall be applied to wet or damp surfaces and shall not be applied in rain, fog or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds 90 percent. No coating or paint shall be applied when it is expected that the relative humidity will exceed 90 percent or that the air temperature will drop below 40 degrees F within 8 hours after the application of the coating or paint. Dew or moisture condensation should be anticipated and if such conditions are prevalent, coating or painting shall be delayed until mid - morning to be certain that the surfaces are dry. The day's coating or painting shall be completed well in advance of the probable time of day when condensation will occur, in order to permit the film sufficient drying time prior to the formation of moisture. Cardne TBE Painting and Protective Coatings J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \09905PaintProtecCoat.doc 09905 -10 6. Each coat shall be applied evenly, at the proper consistency, and free of brush marks, sags, runs, and other evidence of poor workmanship. Care shall be exercised to avoid lapping paint on glass or hardware. Coatings shall be sharply cut to lines. Finished coated surfaces shall be free from defects or blemishes. Protective coverings shall be used to protect floors, fixtures, and equipment. Care shall be exercised to prevent paint from being spattered onto surfaces from which such paint cannot be removed satisfactorily. Surfaces from which paint cannot be removed satisfactorily shall be painted or repainted as required to produce a finish satisfactory to the Engineer. Whenever two (2) coats of a dark colored paint are specified, the first cost shall contain sufficient powdered aluminum to act as an indicator of proper coverage, or the two (2) coatings shall be of a contrasting color. 7. Touch -up of all surfaces shall be performed after installation. 8. All surfaces to be coated shall be clean and dry at the time of application. 9. Control of overspray. C. Time of Coating. 1. Sufficient time shall be allowed to elapse between successive coats to permit satisfactory recoating, but, once commenced, the entire coating operation shall be completed without delay. No additional coating of any structure, equipment, or other items designated to be painted shall be undertaken until the previous coating has been completed for the entire structure, piece of equipment, or other items. 2. Piping shall not be finish coated until it has been pressure tested and approved. D. Thickness of Coating: The dry film mil - thickness specified shall be achieved and verified for each coat. 3.09 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Inspection Devices: The Contractor shall furnish, until final acceptance of coating and painting, inspection devices in good working condition for detection of holidays and measurement of dry -film thickness of coatings and paints. The Contractor shall also furnish U.S. department of Commerce. National Bureau of Standards certified thickness calibration plates to test accuracy of dry -film thickness gauge and certified instrumentation to test accuracy. Dry -film thickness gauges shall be made available for the Engineer's use at all times until final acceptance of application. Cardne TBE Painting and Protective Coatings J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \09905PaintProtecCoat.doc 09905 -11 B. The Contractor shall conduct film thickness measurements and electrical inspection of the coated surfaces with equipment furnished by him and shall recoat and repair as necessary for compliance with the Specifications. 3.10 CLEAN -UP A. Upon completion of the work, staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed from the site or destroyed in an approved manner. Paint spots, oil, or stains upon adjacent surfaces shall be removed. 3.11 PAINT AND COATING SCHEDULE A. General: The following schedule shall indicate the coating systems to be used. The list shall not be construed as a complete list of all surfaces to be coated but rather as a guide as to the application of the various coating systems. All surfaces shall be painted except those specifically deleted herein. Where reference is made to ferrous metal in this schedule, it shall not include stainless steel. B. Stainless steel piping and supports shall not be painted. C. General Coating System: The following table shall indicate the coating system. For the coating systems, "Piping" shall be defined as all pipes, valves, fittings, supports, and guides. Mechanical equipment shall include all motors, pumps and accessory equipment requiring a protective coating. TABLE I COATING SYSTEM SCHEDULE Item Service Condition All submerged, intermittently submerged or corrosive atmosphere installed ferrous and galvanized metals A All exposed ferrous and galvanized metal piping and equipment B All aluminum and non - ferrous metal surfaces, in contact with concrete or subject to corrosive atmosphere and condensation C All exposed plastic pipe and conduit D Interior of concrete structures E END OF SECTION Cardne TBE Painting and Protective Coatings J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \09905PaintProtecCoat.doc 09905 -12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 13300 METERING SYSTEM - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide an approved professional SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR to have total systems responsibility for instrumentation, controls, services, and systems as indicated in the contract drawings and described herein. B. This section of the specifications shall be considered as a single unit and shall be included in the single source responsibility from the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR. C. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR, working together with the CONTRACTOR, shall provide and install the total instrumentation requirements for System Controls and Instrumentation as described herein and shown in the contract drawings. D. The METERING SYSTEM will utilize standard industrial Allen Bradley CompactLogix Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), which shall be installed in each Meter Cabinet. E. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide the Meter Cabinets, PLC hardware, Operator Interface Terminals (OIT), MDS iNET II Ethernet radios, radio antennas, radio towers, and all associated wiring, installation, and communications. F. This work shall also include the installation of MDS 9810 radios provided by the City of Clearwater. G. Work includes engineering, furnishing, installing, testing, documenting and placing into operation a complete Meter Cabinet at the Allen Ave, Briar Creek and Cedar Street locations. This work also includes providing and installing a MDS iNET II Ethernet radio (and associated work) at the Union St Pump Station. The work is specified in this Section and further detailed in the following sections: 1. Section 16941: Meter Cabinet 1.02 RESPONSIBILITY A. It is the intent of these Contract Documents that a SYSTEM INTEGRATOR be retained by the CONTRACTOR to have overall responsibility for designing, furnishing, interfacing, adjusting, testing, documenting, and starting -up of the Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -1 Metering Systems equipment described in the Contract Documents. The specified intent is to have an experienced firm or entity on -site that will have overall responsibility for making sure the various systems, trades, suppliers, vendors, subcontractors, etc. come together as a complete coordinated system which will reliably perform the specified functions. The CONTRACTOR shall provide written notification of the intended SYSTEM INTEGRATOR at bid time. B. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall be subcontracted by and paid by the Contractor. The approved SYSTEM INTEGRATORS, listed in alphabetical order, shall be: 1. BCI Technologies, Fort Myers, Florida 2. C2i Controls, Atlanta, Georgia 3. Unitron Controls, Lakeland, Florida C. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide all equipment (with the exception of MDS 9810 radios), materials and all required modifications to existing equipment. The contractor shall also perform all calibrations and services required to successfully interface and interconnect the new Meter Cabinets to the City of Clearwater's existing radio communications system, as well as, any other control systems or associated equipment as specified or designated in any drawings or provisions of these specifications for the purpose of providing a fully integrated and functional METERING SYSTEM. 1.03 DIVISION OF WORK A. It is the ultimate responsibility of the Contractor to furnish a complete and fully operable METERING SYSTEM that reliably performs the specified functions. The Contractor is to assume full responsibility for additional costs, which may result from unauthorized deviations from the specifications. The Contractor is to establish the actual division of work with the minimum requirements as specified herein. 1. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall be responsible for: a. The integration of the system including the meter cabinet fabrication, panel layouts, wiring and installation. b. Conduct a radio survey to determine required antenna heights and orientation to insure reliable radio communications for the MDS 9810 radios supplied by the City of Clearwater. c. Conduct a radio survey to determine required antenna height and orientation to insure reliable radio communications for the MDS iNET II Ethernet radio to be supplied by the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR at the Cedar Creek location. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -2 Metering Systems d. Conduct a radio survey to determine the modifications required to the antenna height and orientation of the existing yagi antenna located at the Union Street Pump Station to insure reliable radio communications for the MDS iNET II Ethernet radio to be supplied by the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. e. Provide and install radio antennas, tower structures (and associated structural components), coaxial communications cable and all other devices or equipment required for proper radio communications (with the exception of the Union Street Pump Station, where the existing antenna, tower and coaxial communications cable shall be reused). f. Providing radio communications between the Allen Ave Allen Bradley CompactLogix PLC (via MDS 9810 radio) and the NE AWWTP Allen- Bradley PLC 5/40E (via MDS 9810 master radio). g. Providing radio communications between the Briar Creek Allen Bradley CompactLogix PLC (via MDS 9810 radio) and the NE AWWTP Allen- Bradley PLC 5/40E (via MDS 9810 master radio). h. Providing Ethernet radio communications between the Cedar Creek Allen Bradley CompactLogix PLC (via MDS iNET II radio) and the Union St Pump Station MDS iNET II radio. i. Providing Ethernet communications between the Union St Pump Station and the NE AWWTP via existing fiber optic media, switches and media converters. J• Ship and deliver the Meter Cabinets from the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR's place of fabrication to : 6540 Corporate Park Circle Suite #3 Fort Myers, FL. 33966 Ph: 239 - 433 -9600 ext. 210 k. Ship and deliver the Meter Cabinets from : 6540 Corporate Park Circle Suite #3 Fort Myers, FL. 33966 to the individual project sites. 1. All hardware submittals. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall develop the panel shop drawings, wiring diagrams, PLC and OIT hardware configuration drawings and layouts, and all other submittals defined herein and in other specification sections. Cardno TBE Metering Systems J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00tdoc \specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -3 Coordination with the Contractor and other subcontractors shall be the responsibility of the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. m. The final system operation and reliability. The final demonstration tests and training shall be under the on -site supervision of the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. The METERING SYSTEM warranty period shall be through the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. n. Ordering, fabrication, assembly, delivery and start-up of the METERING SYSTEM. All panel fabrication shall be performed at the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR's shop. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR 's personnel shall perform the system checkout tests for the METERING SYSTEM. o. Obtaining from the Contractor, the required information on those field elements, flow meters, and other control equipment or devices that are required to be interfaced with, but that are not provided with the METERING SYSTEM in order to provide full system coordination regarding interface, function, testing, and adjustment requirements. These items include obtaining : Obtaining from the City of Clearwater, the required information on the existing SCADA System for the purpose of incorporating the three (3) new Meter Cabinets into the SCADA System. The information to be obtained includes : The most current version of the PLC program currently executed by the Allen- Bradley 5140E PLC located in the NE AWWTP Control Room. This PLC interfaces with the system's Master Radio. ii. A complete project backup of the existing Citect system utilized at the NE AWWTP facility. This backup shall be complete and shall include all project management items (clusters, servers, tags, users, etc.) as well as, all graphics, communications, genies, alarms, reports, etc. iii. A complete backup of the existing SQL server database utilized at the NE AWWTP facility. This backup shall be complete and shall include all database, queries, users, etc. iv. Ethernet IP addresses to be used for all new Ethernet based equipment. Cardno TBE Metering Systems J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 q. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall obtain the required information and provide it to the ENGINEER in electronic format on CD or USB drive. Providing accessory devices including furnishing and installation of interposing relays and signal converters necessary to perform the intent as described by the control strategies and services necessary to achieve a fully integrated and operational system as shown on the Contract Drawings and defined in the Specifications. r. In order to insure compatibility between all equipment, it shall be the responsibility of the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR to coordinate all interface requirements with mechanical and electrical system suppliers and furnish any signal isolation devices that might be required. Special attention is noted for the interface of the High Speed Input Module of the Meter Cabinet PLC and the flow meter selected /provided by the contractor. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall coordinate any special requirements of the meter manufacturer to insure the totalization of the flow is accurate. s. Providing any special manufacturer's cables as required. t. Defining the final installation and connection requirements of the METERING SYSTEM at the jobsite through development of interconnection diagrams. u. Verifying correctness of all final power and signal connections to the METERING SYSTEM. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall make final adjustments to and calibrate all field elements provided with the METERING SYSTEM. Ensuring that: i. All components provided under this section are properly installed. ii. The proper type, size and number of control wires with their conduits and junction boxes are provided and installed. iii. Proper electric power circuits are provided for all components and systems. 2. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for: a. Included within the electrical subcontractor's scope: Cardno TBE J:\ 00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs\13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -5 Metering Systems Termination of field and power wiring to the supplied meter cabinets and field elements. Termination shall be made in accordance with final accepted interconnection diagrams developed by the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. The electrical subcontractor shall mark on the interconnect diagram the field wire numbers used for each termination point. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall finalize the interconnect diagrams by including these field wire numbers in the final as built version. ii. Installing any special manufacturer's cables furnished by the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. iii. Physical installation of the supplied meter cabinets. 3. The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for: The installation of any in -line instrumentation. Installation shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and under the direction of the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. 4. Equipment found to be defective prior to system acceptance shall be replaced and installed at no additional cost to the OWNER. 5. In the bid price, the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide, as a minimum, for obtaining the services of authorized field personnel from the manufacturer's of specialty instruments and from the suppliers of application software packages. These personnel shall be on site to supervise installation, start-up and checkout of the respective portions of the METERING SYSTEM. 6. The ENGINEER shall be responsible for: i. The programming of the PLC(s), the development of the OIT screens and the modifications to the Citect SCADA System. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The system shall be integrated using the latest, most modern and proven design and shall, as far as practical, be of one SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. Cardno TBE Metering Systems J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -6 B. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall be responsible for the correct selection of all instrumentation and installation of all hardware and secondary control systems specified in this and other related sections of this Specification. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish, as prescribed under the General Requirements, all required submittals covering the items included under this section and its associated sections of the work. B. Submit complete, neat, orderly, and indexed submittal packages. Handwritten diagrams are not acceptable and all documentation submittals shall be made using CADD generated utilities as specified herein. C. Partial submittals or submittals that do not contain sufficient information for complete review or are unclear will not be reviewed and will be returned by the ENGINEER as not approved. D. Provide all shop- drawing submittals on disk in AutoCad format. E. Test Procedures: Submit the procedures proposed to be followed during all system testing. Procedures shall include test descriptions, forms, and check lists to be used to control and document the required tests. 1. Prior to the preparation of the detailed test procedures, submit outlines of the specific proposed tests. Submittals shall include examples of the proposed forms and check lists that will be used by the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR during the system testing. 2. After the preliminary test procedure submittals have been reviewed by the ENGINEER and returned stamped either "approved" or "approved as noted, confirm ", the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall submit the proposed detailed test procedures for ENGINEER approval. Following this, the system tests may be started. 3. Upon completion of each required test, document the test by submitting a copy of the signed off test procedures to the ENGINEER. F. Third Party Operating and Maintenance Manuals: No later than four weeks after approval of the shop drawing submittal, provide a complete set of third party O &M manuals in hard copy and, where available, on Compact Disc. G. Instrument Installation Details Submittal Cardno TBE Metering Systems J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -7 I . The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall develop and submit for review, complete installation details for each field mounted device and panel furnished prior to shipment and installation. Common details may be referenced by an index showing the complete instrument tag number, service, location, and device description. Installation details shall be provided as required to adequately define the installation of the components. Drawings may be included in the Control Panel Submittal when only a few are required. 2. Power Requirement and Heat Dissipation Summary 3. Provide a summary of the power requirements and heat dissipation for all control panels furnished. Power requirements shall state required voltages, currents, and phase(s). Heat dissipations shall be maximums and shall be given in BTU/Hr. Summary shall be supplemented with calculations and show expected temperatures to be maintained for proper control equipment operation. 4. System Calibration and Test Documentation Submittal The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall submit an example of each type of Instrument Calibration Report and Loop Functional Test Report that will be used to verify that all preliminary calibration and testing has been performed and the system is considered, by the supplier, to be ready for the Engineer's acceptance testing. ii. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall submit an example of the Radio Communications Test Report that will be used to verify that all configuration and testing has been performed and the radio systems are considered, by the supplier, to be ready for the Engineer's acceptance testing. iii. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall submit an example of the Ethernet Communications Test Report that will be used to verify that all configuration and testing has been performed and the Ethernet communication systems are considered, by the supplier, to be ready for the Engineer's acceptance testing. iv. After approval of the examples, the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall prepare Loop Functional Test Report(s) for each loop and an Instrument Calibration Sheet for each active element (except simple hand switches, lights, etc.). These sheets shall be completed and submitted to the Engineer after completion of the operational availability field tests. a. Instrument Calibration Reports Cardno TBE Metering Systems ]: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -8 1. An Instrument Calibration report shall be used to certify that each instrument requiring calibration has been calibrated to its published specified accuracy shall be submitted to the Engineer. This report shall include all applicable data as listed below plus an area to identify any defects noted, corrective action required, and corrections made. 2. Facility identification (Name, location, etc.) 3. Loop identification (Name or function) 4. Scale ranges and units 5. Actual readings at 0, 10, 25, 50, 75, 90 and 100 percent of span 6. Tester's certification with name and signature 7. Functional Acceptance Test Report - For those functions that cannot be demonstrated on a loop -by- loop basis. b. SYSTEM INTEGRATOR's Installation Certification Reports 1. Upon completion of all preliminary calibration and functional testing, the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR, shall submit a certified report for each meter cabinet and its associated field instruments certifying that the equipment (1) had been properly installed under his or her supervision, (2) is in accurate calibration, (3) was placed in operation, (4) has been checked, inspected, calibrated, and adjusted as necessary, (5) has been operated under maximum power variation conditions and operated satisfactorily, and (6) is fully covered under the terms of the guarantee. 4. Functional Acceptance Test Procedures Submittal Submit for approval not later than 30 days prior to the functional acceptance test demonstration, a written plan for demonstrating that each device and function of the equipment provided under these specifications meets the specified operational requirements. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -9 Metering Systems ii. The plan shall detail procedures to be used in the functional acceptance testing of all systems. The plan shall include a description of test methods and materials that will be utilized for testing each system. iii. Immediately correct defects and malfunctions with approved methods and materials in each case and repeat the testing. 1.06 FINAL SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION A. Reproducible Drawings 1. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall submit one (1) set of full size reproducible of complete schematics, wiring diagrams and installation drawings to include all installed field and panel instruments, mounting details, point -to -point diagrams with cable, wire, and termination numbers. Drawings shall be a record of work as actually constructed and shall be labeled "As- Installed ". One copy of applicable schematics and diagrams shall be placed in each control panel in a protective envelope or binder. a. Loop Diagrams b. Panel Construction Drawings and Wiring Diagrams c. Interconnecting Wiring Diagrams d. Instrument Installation Details B. Electronic Copies 1. In addition to the reproducible hard copy of drawings and literature specifically generated for the project, two (2) sets of CD -ROM's shall be submitted to the Engineer which shall include a copy of all files specifically generated to create the drawings, data sheets, bill of materials, operating and test procedures, control logic, etc. Drawing format shall be compatible with "AutoCAD" Release 2005. Disks shall be clearly labeled with the following: a. Project Name b. Volume Number c. Software Program Name and Version used to generate the files d. Label "As- Installed" C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1. Furnish the balance of six (6) sets of Operation and Maintenance Manuals for equipment provided under these Specifications. Content shall be as described above for the submittals. O &M Manual requirements can be found within the specification Section 01730 — Operating and Maintenance Data. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -10 Metering Systems 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 D. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall designate a single point of contact for interface with the ENGINEER on this project. The ENGINEER reserves the sole right to approve or reject this point of contact. H. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide, on -site, an experienced project engineer to supervise and coordinate all of the on -site METERING SYSTEM activities. An experienced technician may be provided to assist the project engineer in field element installation, field calibration, and checkout tests. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR 's project engineer shall be on- site during the period required to effect all of the critical on -site activities related to the METERING SYSTEM, including training, and witnessed testing activities. I. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR's selected project personnel shall meet the following requirements: 1. Project engineer shall have at least 10 years experience in installing similar systems and shall have a minimum of secondary education in the field of electronics or similar technical discipline. 2. Project technician assisting the project engineer for field element calibration and check out shall have at least five years experience in installing similar systems. 3. Key staff resumes shall be submitted for ENGINEER's approval with the Project Plan as further detailed under submittals. 1.07 STANDARDS A The design, testing, assembly, and methods of installation of the wiring materials, electrical equipment and accessories proposed under this Contract shall conform to the National Electrical Code and to applicable state and local requirements. UL listing and labeling shall be adhered to under this Contract. B Any equipment that does not have a UL, FM CSA, or other approved testing laboratory label shall be furnished with a notarized letter signed by the supplier stating that the equipment famished has been manufactured in accordance with the National Electric Code and OSHA requirements. C Any additional work needed resulting from any deviation from codes or local requirements shall be at no additional cost to the OWNER. D Instrument Society of America (ISA) and National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) standards shall be used where applicable in the design of the Control System. Cardno TBE Metering Systems J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -11 E All equipment used on this project to test and calibrate the installed equipment shall be in calibration at the time of use. Calibration shall be traceable to National Institute of Standards (NIS - formally NBS) calibration standards. 1.08 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEES A. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall furnish to the OWNER a written guarantee for all equipment, materials and workmanship provided by the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. B. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall guarantee all equipment whether or not of his own manufacture. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 SEQUENCE OF WORK A. Prerequisite Activities and Lead Times: Do not start the following key project activities until the listed prerequisite activities have been completed and lead times have been satisfied: 1. Hardware Purchasing, Fabrication, and Assembly: Associated design related submittals completed (no exceptions, or approved as noted). 2. Provide hardware to ENGINEER for programming. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR's schedule shall allow the ENGINEER 30 calendar days to provide programming of the Meter Cabinet PLC's and OIT's. This time shall not include shipping days. If the Metering Cabinets are not received by the ENGINEER on the same calendar (as part of one shipment), each Meter Cabinet shall be allowed the same number of calendar days for programming upon receipt by the ENGINEER. 3. Shipment: Completion and approval of all design related submittals. 4. Communication Connectivity — At such time as when the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR has established communications between : a. The Allen Ave Meter Cabinet and the NE AWWTP Master Radio b. The Briar Creek Meter Cabinet and the NE AWWTP Master Radio c. The Cedar Street Meter Cabinet and the Union Street Pump Station Radio Cardno TBE Metering Systems l: \00083 \00083200.00\doc\specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 d. The existing Union St Pump Station Ethernet Switch and the NE AWWTP and the functional test as been approved by the ENGINEER, the ENGINEER shall proceed with the SCADA software modifications. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR's schedule shall allow the ENGINEER 30 calendar days to complete the SCADA software modifications. 5. Startup: Operational Checkout Tests. 6. OWNER Training: Owner Training Plan completed and O &M manuals delivered. 7. Demonstration Tests: Operational Check -out Tests, Startup, OWNER Training, and Demonstration Test Procedures must be complete. Give 4 weeks' notice prior to the planned test start date. B. Material and Equipment Installation: Install the Metering Cabinets in locations indicated on the Drawings and follow manufacturers' installation instructions explicitly, unless otherwise indicated. Wherever any conflict arises between manufacturers' instruction, and these Contract Documents, follow ENGINEER's decision, at no additional cost. Keep a copy of manufacturers' instructions on the jobsite available for review at all times C. Equipment Finish: Provide materials and equipment with manufacturer's standard finish system. Provide manufacturer's standard finish color, except where specific color is indicated. If manufacturer has no standard color, finish equipment with light gray color. D. Cleaning and Touch -up Painting: Keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish. Upon completion of work, remove materials, scraps, and debris from premises and from interior and exterior of all devices and equipment. Touch -up scratches, scrapes, or chips in interior and exterior surfaces of devices and equipment with finishes matching as nearly as possible the type, color, consistency, and type of surface of the original finish. Clean and polish the exterior of all panels and enclosures upon the completion of the demonstration tests. E. Consoles, Panels, and Panel Mounted Equipment: Consoles, panels, and panel - mounted equipment shall be assembled as far as possible at the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR 's shop. No work, other than correction of minor defects or minor transit damage, shall be done on the panels at the jobsite. F. Field instruments: Verify correctness of installation. Verify calibration of flow meter. Cardno TBE Metering Systems J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -13 3.02 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Store and protect equipment until installation following the storage and handling instructions recommended by the equipment manufacturers. Place special emphasis on proper anti - static protection of sensitive equipment. B. Protection During Construction: Throughout this Contract, provide protection for materials and equipment against loss or damage and from the effects of weather. Prior to installation, store items in indoor, dry locations. Provide heating in storage areas for items subject to corrosion under damp conditions. Provide covers for panels and other elements that may be exposed to dusty construction environments. Specific storage requirements shall be in accordance with the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR 's recommendations. C. Corrosion Protection: Protect all consoles, panels, enclosures, and other equipment containing electrical or instrumentation and control devices, including spare parts, from corrosion through the use of corrosion- inhibiting vapor capsules. Prior to shipment, include capsules in the shipping containers, and equipment as recommended by the capsule manufacturer. During the construction period, periodically replace the capsules in accordance with the capsule manufacturer's recommendations. Replace all capsules just prior to Final Acceptance. D. ESD Protection: Provide for the proper handling, storage, and environmental conditions required for the METERING SYSTEM components deemed static sensitive by the equipment manufacturer. The components of the Control System shall be protected in particular. Utilize anti -stat wrist straps and matting during installation of these items to prevent component degradation. Flooring used in the control room shall be reviewed and approved by the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. E. Adequately pack manufactured material to prevent damage during shipping, handling, storage and erection. Pack all material shipped to the project site in a container properly marked for identification. Use blocks and padding to prevent movement. F. Ship materials that must be handled with the aid of mechanical tools in wood - framed crates. G. Ship all materials to the project site with at least one layer of plastic wrapping or other approved means to make it weatherproof. Anti -stat protection shall be provided for all sensitive equipment. H. Inspect the material prior to removing it from the carrier. Do not unwrap equipment until it is ready to be installed. If any damage is observed, immediately notify the carrier so that a claim can be made. If no such notice is given, the material shall be assumed to be in undamaged condition, and any subsequent Cardno TBE J:1 00083 \00083200.00\doc\specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -14 Metering Systems 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 damage that is discovered shall be repaired and replaced at no additional expense to the OWNER. I. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage charges resulting from the handling of the materials. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install materials and equipment in a workmanlike manner utilizing craftsmen skilled in the particular trade. Provide work, which has a neat and finished appearance. Coordinate I &C work with the OWNER and work of other trades to avoid conflicts, errors, delays, and unnecessary interference with operation of the existing plant during construction. B. Provide finish on instruments and accessories that protects against corrosion by the elements in the environment in which they are to be installed. Finish both the interior and exterior of enclosures. Provide extra paint of each color used in the material from the manufacturer for touch -up purposes. C. Ground each analog signal shield on one end at the receiver end only. Properly ground all surge and transient protection devices. Coordinate grounding system with Division 16, Electrical. D. For the purposes of uniformity and conformance to industry standard, provide analog signal transmission modes of electronic 4 -20 ma DC. No other signal characteristics are acceptable. E. Fully isolate outputs for transmitted electronic signals between transmitters and receivers, equipment of different manufacturers and between control panels to conform to ISA Standard S 50. 1. F. Discrete signal are two -state logic signals. Use 120V ac sources on all discrete signals unless otherwise noted or shown. G. Surge Protection: Provide appropriately sized electrical transient protection devices for all electrical elements of the system to protect the Control System equipment and equipment which interfaces with the Control System from transient surges in power and signal wiring (from lightning and other ground potential differences). Locate and properly ground surge suppressors at: any connection between power sources and electrical equipment including panels, assemblies, and field devices; and at both ends of all analog signal circuits. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -15 Metering Systems 3.04 TESTING - GENERAL A. All elements of the METERING SYSTEM, including the communications systems, shall be tested to demonstrate that the total system satisfies all of the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. As a minimum, the testing shall include shop tests, operational check -out tests, and Demonstration Tests. C. Each test shall be in the cause and effect format. The person conducting the test shall initiate an input (cause) and, upon the system producing the correct result (effect), the specific test requirements will have been satisfied. D. All tests shall be conducted in accordance with, and documented on, prior approved procedures, forms, and checklists. Each specific test to be performed shall be described and a space provided after it for signoff by the appropriate party after its satisfactory completion. Copies of these signoff test procedures, forms, and checklists will constitute the required test documentation. E. Provide all special testing materials and equipment. Wherever possible, perform tests using actual process variables, equipment, and data. Where it is not practical to test with real process variables, equipment, and data, provide suitable means of simulation. Define these simulation techniques in the test procedures. F. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall coordinate all of their testing with the Contractor, the ENGINEER, all affected suppliers, and the OWNER. G. The ENGINEER reserves the right to test or retest any and all specified functions whether or not explicitly stated in the approved test procedures. The ENGINEER's decision shall be final regarding the acceptability and completeness of all testing. 3.05 FIELD ACCEPTANCE TEST DEMONSTRATION A. Test all systems under actual process conditions in the presence of the Engineer and the Owner's Operators. The intent of this test is to demonstrate and verify the operational interrelationship of all instrumentation systems to the Owner's Operators. This testing shall include, but not be limited to, verifying all alarms, sequences, operations communications, and making final adjustments. Notify the Engineer in writing a minimum of 48 hours prior to the proposed date for commencing the test. Upon successful completion of this test the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall begin the 30 Day Site Acceptance Test. Cardno TBE Metering Systems J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3.06 30 -DAY SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST A. After completion of the Field Acceptance Test, the entire system shall operate for a period of 30 consecutive days, under conditions of full process operation, without a single non -field repairable malfunction. B. Provide complete O &M Manuals for the Control System at the jobsite at least two weeks prior to the SAT. C. During this test, maintenance and operations, as well as, SYSTEM INTEGRATOR personnel shall be present as required. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR is expected to provide personnel for this test who have an intimate knowledge of the hardware of the system. D. While this test is proceeding, the OWNER shall have full use of the system. Only operating personnel shall be allowed to operate equipment associated with the processes. E. Any malfunction during the tests shall be analyzed and corrections made by the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. The ENGINEER and /or OWNER will determine whether any such malfunctions are sufficiently serious to warrant a repeat of this test. F. Any malfunction, during this 30 consecutive day test period, which cannot be corrected within 24 hours of occurrence by the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR 's personnel, or more than two similar failures of any duration, will be considered as a non - field- repairable malfunction. G. Upon completion of repairs, by the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR, the test shall be repeated as specified herein. H. In the event of rejection of any part or function, the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall perform repairs or replacement within 30 days. I. All data base errors must be corrected prior to the start of each test period. The 30 -day test will not be considered successful until all databases are correct. J. The total availability of the system shall be greater than 99.5 percent during this test period. 1. Availability is given by "1 - (Total Time Down❑ / Total Tine) x 100" 2. Down times due to power outages or other factors outside the normal protection devices or back -up power supplies provided, shall not contribute to the availability test total or down times above. Cardno TBE Metering Systems J:\ 00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -17 K. Upon successful completion of the 30 -day Site Acceptance Test and subsequent review and approval of complete system final documentation, the system shall be considered substantially complete and the warranty period shall commence. 3.07 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. Provide the services of a factory trained and field experienced control systems engineer to conduct group training of Engineer's designated personnel in the operation of all Instrumentation, Control and Monitoring equipment furnished. Include instruction covering basic system theory, operating principles and adjustments, routine maintenance and repair, and "hands -on" operation. The text for this training shall be the P &IDs, panel wiring diagrams, layouts, ladder listings, and the operation and maintenance manuals furnished under these Specifications. B. Duration 1. Training specific to the system hardware shall be provided for a minimum of three operating shifts with a time period necessary to cover complete Operator and Maintenance Training. C. Operator Training 1. Operator training shall include instruction in the use of all control system hardware and software furnished. A detailed written description of the system furnished and all equipment start-up, shut -down, troubleshooting, and maintenance procedures shall be provided to each Operator attending the training sessions. Training material shall be organized and bound in appropriate binders. One copy of the training manual shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to scheduling any training sessions. As a minimum, the format for the training material shall be as follows: a. General system description and overview b. Process and Instrumentation Diagrams c. Sequence of Operation d. General Troubleshooting Techniques e. Recommended Maintenance Procedures f. Recommended Spare Parts Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -18 Metering Systems D. Maintenance Training 1. Maintenance training shall include instruction in the calibration, maintenance, programming, and repair for all systems furnished. 2. Maintenance training shall include instruction in the maintenance of all control system hardware and software furnished. A detailed written description of the system furnished and all equipment start -up, shut -down, troubleshooting, and maintenance procedures shall be provided to each person attending the training sessions. Training material shall be organized and bound in appropriate binders. One copy of the training manual shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to scheduling any training sessions. As a minimum, the format for the training material shall be as follows: a. General system description and overview b. Process and Instrumentation Diagrams c. Sequence of Operation d. Detailed review of all schematic diagrams e. Detailed calibration procedures for all furnished instruments f. Recommended Maintenance Procedures g. Recommended Spare Parts E. Final Acceptance 1. Final Engineer acceptance is defined as a point in time when (1) all training has been performed, (2) final "As Installed" documentation have been received and approved, (3) the system has successfully passed the availability test period, and (4) all punch list items have been resolved. F. Guarantee and Warrantees 1. Guarantee all work of these Specifications for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance by the Engineer. With respect to instruments and equipment, guarantee shall cover (a) faulty or inadequate design; (b) improper assembly or erection; (c) defective workmanship or materials; and (d) leakage, breakage, or other failure not caused by Engineer misuse. For equipment bearing a manufacturer's warranty in excess of one year, furnish a copy of the warranty to Engineer with Engineer named as beneficiary. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Metering Systems J:\ 00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs\13300 Metering System.doc 13300 -19 SECTION 15050 PIPING, FITTINGS, VALVES AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials and in performing all operations necessary for the construction or installation of all piping, valves, valve boxes and all castings and appurtenances within, adjacent and connecting to the flow meters and inside the limits of the work shown therefore, complete and ready for operation as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. In general, the following shop or data drawings shall be submitted for approval: 1. Test certificates for pipe (Mill Test Reports) 2. Details for Restrained Joints 3. All Valves and Valve Boxes 4. Weld Inspection Reports 6. Detail Piping Layout Drawings 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. During shipping, delivering and installing pipe and accessories, they shall be handled in such a manner as to ensure a sound undamaged condition. B. Particular care shall be taken not to damage the pipe lining and coating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. General: Pipe for wastewater lines and drain lines, 4- inches in nominal inside diameter or greater shall be ductile iron pipe, except as otherwise indicated. Pipe for underground use shall be mechanical or push on joints, and exposed pipe in structures, i.e., wet well, valve vault, etc., for above ground use shall be flanged, unless otherwise indicated. Pipe shall be provided with joint types, designs and materials compatible to the pipe with which it connects. B. Iron Pipe Lining for Sewage: Ductile iron pipe and fittings for sanitary sewer force mains shall be epoxy lined. Epoxy lining shall be 40 mil nominal dry film Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -1 thickness (multi -pass process) and shall be Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy as manufactured by the Protecto Division of Vulcan Painters, Inc., or equal. The interior of the ductile iron pipe and fittings shall not have been lined with any substance prior to the application of the specified lining material and no coating shall have been applied to the first six inches of the exterior of the spigot ends. The lining shall be applied by a competent firm with a successful history of applying linings to the interior of ductile iron pipe and fittings. Surface preparation, lining of pipe, coating of bell sockets and spigot ends, number of coats and touch up and repair shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The pipe or fitting manufacturer shall supply a certificate attesting that the applicator met the requirements of this specification; that the material used was as specified; that the linings have the nominal dry film thickness specified; and, that the linings have no pinholes when tested with a nondestructive 2,500 volt test. Lined pipe and fittings shall be handled only from the outside of the pipe and fittings. C. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be Thickness Class 51 or greater. All buried ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be polyethylene encased (minimum 8 mil) in accordance with ANSIJAWWA A21.5/C105 and ASTM A674. All fittings shall be restrained joints. D. Plastic Pipe: 1. Unless otherwise specified, all pressure pipe smaller than 4- inches in nominal inside diameter shall be PVC. PVC pipe that is exposed to sunlight shall either be resilient to deterioration due to sunlight or be coated in some manner so as to protect the pipe. 2. Plastic pipe smaller than 2- inches shall be Schedule 80, PVC pipe, with threaded joints and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation D 1785, Class 1120 or 1220. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe 2- inches in diameter or larger shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 2241, Class 1120 or 1220, SDR 26, for a minimum pressure rating of 160 PSI at 73° F. 4. Plastic pipe furnished under (2) and (3) above shall bear the approved seal of the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). 5. Unless otherwise indicated, plastic gravity sewer pipe and fittings shall be unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation D 3034, Type PSM, Class 12454 -B or 12454 -C, with elastomeric gasket joints. PVC pipe and fittings shall be as manufacturer by Johns - Manville, Certainteed or approved equal. E. Identification Tape: Electronically traceable identification tape shall be installed 18 inches above installed pipe on a tamped backfill surface, continuously over all Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 mains. The tape shall be a minimum of 3- inches wide, have a minimum tensile strength of 50 pounds and have the words "force main" printed on it. 2.02 FITTINGS AND VALVES A. Pipe Fittings: 1. Iron: Cast iron and ductile iron pipe fittings shall have a 250 PSI pressure rating and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA Standard C 110. Joints shall be of the type shown on the drawings and fit the pipe furnished. Flanges shall be drilled for ANSI Standard B16.1, 125 pound template. Grooved end joint fittings shall conform to the applicable requirements of this paragraph. The lining and coating for the fittings shall be as specified above for ductile iron pipe. Wall fittings or sleeves shall be cast iron selected with length suitable for the wall in which they are placed. 2. Plastic: Fittings for Schedule 80 plastic pipe shall be Schedule 80 and conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation D 2464 and D 2467 for threaded or solvent weld joints respectively. Fittings for plastic pipe with 0 -ring joints shall be of the type recommended by the pipe manufacturer and conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation D 2467. All fittings shall bear the approval stamp of the National Sanitation Foundation. 3. Unions: All pipe, tubing and hose connections to hydraulic or air operated equipment, appurtenances and accessories shall be made with a union type fitting. B. Joint Material: 1. Mechanical Joints: Cast iron and ductile iron pipe mechanical joints and push on joints shall be made up with rubber gaskets conforming to ANSI Standard A21.11. Glands for mechanical joint pipe shall be bituminous coated and bolts and nuts shall be of high strength cast iron, or high strength low alloy steel as specified in ANSI Standard A21.11. 2. Iron Pipe Flanged Joints: Flanged connections shall comply with the requirements of ANSI Standard B16.1, 125 pound class. Flanges for ductile iron pipe shall be of ductile iron. Machine bolts shall be the best commercial quality steel with hexagonal nuts of the same quality metal. Gaskets shall be full face (ring face) of neoprene, red rubber or corrugated copper. 3. Grooved End Couplings: Grooved end couplings for ductile iron pipe shall not be allowed. Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -3 4. Solvent Joints: Joints for plastic pipe and fittings shall be made using material and methods as recommended by the plastic pipe manufacturer. 5. Couplings: Plain end joint material shall be Dresser couplings, Style 38, or approved equal. 6. Restrained Joints: Restrained joints may be of the types fabricated by the various manufacturers upon approval of the Engineer of details submitted by the Contractor. Restrained joints that require field welding or grooves, or joints using set screws will not be acceptable. C. Wall Sleeves, Pipes and Castings: 1. Wall Sleeves: Wall sleeves shall be of cast iron, ductile iron or carbon steel with steel galvanized after fabrication and shall have a waterstop located in the center of the wall. Sleeves shall be provided with seals and shall be oversized as required for the installation of seals. Sleeves shall terminate flush with finished surfaces of walls and ceilings, and shall extend 2- inches above finished floor. Escutcheons shall be provided at walls and floor to completely conceal the sleeves smaller than 3- inches. Escutcheons shall be cast iron, nickel plated split -type. 2. Interior: Wall sleeves shall be installed for all piping passing through interior walls and floors, except where noted on the drawings. Sleeves shall be of sufficient size to pass the pipe without binding. Sleeves shall terminate flush with finished surfaces of walls and ceilings, and shall extend 2- inches above finished floor. Escutcheons shall be provided at walls and floor to completely conceal the sleeves smaller than 3- inches. Escutcheons shall be cast iron, nickel plated split -type. 3. Wall Pipes: All piping passing through exterior walls and base slabs shall be provided with wall pipes. All pipes shall be of ductile iron and shall have a waterstop located in the center of the wall. Each wall pipe shall be of the same grade, thickness and interior coating as the piping to which it is joined. Those portions of the wall pipes that are buried shall have a coal -tar outside coating. 4. Wall Sleeve Seals: Wall sleeve seals shall be modular mechanical type consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and wall sleeve. Links shall be loosely assembled with bolts to form a continuous rubber belt around the pipe with a pressure plate under each bolt and nut. After the seal assembly is positioned in the sleeve, tightening of the bolts shall cause the rubber sealing elements to expand and provide an absolutely water -tight seal between the pipe and wall sleeve. The synthetic rubber shall be suitable for exposure to treated sewage effluent and groundwater. Bolts, nuts and hardware shall be 18 -8 stainless steel. The seals shall be Link Seal as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation or equal, and the wall sleeve and seal shall be sized as recommended by the seal manufacturer. Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J:\ 00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D. Plug Valves: 1. All valves shall be eccentric plug valves unless otherwise specified. Valves shall be as manufactured by DeZurik, Homestead or approved equal. 2. Plug valves shall be tested in accordance with current AWWA Standards. 3. Valves shall be of the non - lubricated eccentric type with resilient faced plugs and shall be furnished with end connections as shown on the plans. Flanged valves shall be faced and drilled to the ANSI 125/150 lb. standard. Mechanical joint ends shall be to the AWWWA Standard C111- 72. Bell ends shall be to the AWWA Standard C100-55 Class B. Screwed ends shall be to the NPT standard. 4. Valve bodies shall be of ASTM A126 Class B Semi - steel, 31,000 psi tensile strength minimum in compliance with AWWA Standard C507 -73, Section 5.1 and AWWA Standard C504 -70 Section 6.4. Port areas for valves 20- inches and smaller shall be 80 percent of full pipe area. Valves 24 -inch and larger shall have a minimum port area of 100 percent of full nominal pipe area. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs, washers, etc. shall be zinc or cadmium plated. Resilient plug facings shall be of Hycar or Neoprene. 5. Valves shall be furnished with permanently lubricated stainless steel or oil- impregnated bronze upper and lower plug stem bushings. These bearings shall comply with current AWWA Standards. E. Gate Valves: 1. Gate valves 3 inches through 12 inches shall be resilient- seated and meet or exceed all the requirements of AWWA Standard C 509. The resilient seating arrangement shall provide zero leakage at the design working pressure when installed with line flow in either direction. All ferrous surfaces inside and outside shall have a fusion- bonded epoxy coating. All valves shall be provided with 0 -ring seals. The design and machining of valves shall be such as to permit replacing the 0 -ring seals in the valves while in service without leakage. F. Check Valves: 1. Small Check Valves: Small check valves 3- inches or less shall be constructed of Schedule 80 PVC with union ends. 2. Large Check Valves: Swing check valves 4- inches through 30- inches shall be constructed with heavy cast iron or cast steel body with a bronze or stainless steel seat ring, a noncorrosive shaft for attachment of weight and lever. The valve must be tight seating, its seat ring shall be renewable and must be securely held in place by a threaded joint; the valve disc shall Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -5 1 be of cast iron or cast steel and shall be suspended from a noncorrosive shaft which will pass through a stuffing box. Check valves shall absolutely prevent the return of water back through the valve when the inlet pressure decreases below the delivery pressure. Hydrostatic test pressure for horizontal swing valves shall be 300 PSI. A tapped boss with plug shall be provided on the check valve bonnet for future use with a pressure gauge. G. Backflow Preventer: 1. The 1-inch reduced pressure principal backflow preventer for the potable water system shall be a complete assembly consisting of two independently acting spring - loaded toggle lever check valves together with an automatically operating pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The first check valve shall reduce the supply pressure a predetermined amount so that during normal flow and cessation of normal flow, the pressure between the checks is less than the supply pressure. In the case of leakage of either check valve, the differential relief valve should discharge to atmosphere to maintain the pressure between the checks, less than the supply pressure. 2. This unit shall contain tightly closing shut -off valves located at each end of the device, and shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. Operation shall be completely automatic. All internal parts of the toggle lever check valves and pressure differential relief valve must be removable or replaceable without removal of the reduced pressure principal backflow preventer from the line. The total head loss through the complete backflow assembly shall not exceed 10 PSI at the "rated flow ". 3. The ends shall be female threaded for NPT. The main body and trim shall be bronze, ASTM B -61. The differential valve shall be bronze as above with stainless steel 304 trim. H. Pressure Gauges: 1. General: All pressure gauges shall have a 4'/2-inch dial, shall read PSI or feet of water as indicated below and shall be appropriately marked for PSI and feet of water. All gauges that are to be installed shall be Red Valve Pressure Gauge, Series 40 or equal. Vacuum Breakers: Antisiphon vacuum breakers to prevent back siphonage of polluted water into a potable water supply shall be furnished and installed where shown on the drawings, required codes or directed by the Engineer. Vacuum breakers shall be equal to the Watts Regulator Company's No. 288A Series, or as otherwise indicated. Hose bibb vacuum breakers shall be Watts Regulator Company's No. 8, Neptune Model 5 or approved equal. The devices shall be certified and listed under the ASSE Standards. Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -6 J. Supports and Hangers: Pipe supports and hangers shall conform to Federal Specification WW -H -171, or shall be as specifically shown or indicated on the drawings. Pipe hangers shall be complete with rods and clamps or inserts proportioned to the size of the pipe supported. K. Valve Boxes: Cast iron valve boxes shall be provided for all valves installed underground which do not have extended operators such as required by the plug valves. The valve boxes shall be adjustable to fit the depth of earth cover over the valve and shall be designed so as to prevent the transmission of surface loads directly to the valve or piping. Valve boxes shall have an interior diameter of not less than 5- inches. The valve boxes shall be provided with covers marked with the appropriate symbols as follows for the systems that they serve: N.P.W. (Non - Potable Water); Water (Potable Water) and Sewer. The covers shall be constructed so as to prevent tipping or rattling. Boxes shall be equal to Clow Corporation No. F 2450, Mueller Company H -10357 or approved equal. Extension sections shall be cast iron only. L. Tie Rods: Steel for tie rods and tie bolts shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 242, and rods shall be galvanized in conformance with requirements ASTM Designation A 123. Tie rods and tie bolts shall be Super Star Tierod Figure No. SS12 and Tiebolt Figure No. SST7 respectively as manufactured by Star National Products. M. Pipe and Valve Identification System: 1. Underground Warning: Underground warning tape for metallic piping shall be 6- inches wide, brown, .004 -inch polyethylene film with a printed legend "CAUTION SEWAGE FORCE MAIN BELOW ". Warning tape for PVC mains shall be 2- inches or wider, brown, .004 -inch polyethylene film metallic lined and with a printed legend "CAUTION SEWAGE FORCE MAIN BELOW ". Tape shall be as manufactured by Seton Name Plate Corporation, Terra Tape by Griffolyn Co. Inc. or approved equal. 2. Valve Tags: Tags shall be as manufactured by Seton Name Plate Corporation of Floy Tag and manufacturing Co., or approved equal. N. Miscellaneous Items: 1. Other items necessary for the complete installation and not specified herein shall conform to the details and notes shown on the drawings. All minor items implied, usually included, or required for the construction of a complete operating system shall be installed whether shown on the detail drawings or not. 2. Appropriate signs shall be provided for nonpotable water system outlets with a legend of "Non- Potable Water - Do Not Drink ". Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\specs\ 15050.doc 15050 -7 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. All pipe and fittings, valves and other material shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer after delivery, and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated, or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. When a defect or crack is discovered, the damaged portion shall not be installed. Cracked pipe shall have the defect cut off at least 12- inches from the break in the sound section of the barrel. 3.01 INSTALLATION O. Piping: 1. At threaded joints between PVC and metal pipes, the metal shall contain the socket end and the PVC side the spigot. A metal spigot shall not, under any circumstances, be screwed into a PVC socket. 2. Steel Pipe Threaded Joints: Threaded joints shall be made up with teflon tape, graphite and oil, or other approved compound. Close nipples shall not be used and when the unthreaded portion of any nipple is less than 1 %2inches, an extra strong nipple shall be used. After joints have been made up, exposed threads and fittings on steel pipe lines to be buried shall be coated with Bitumastic 50 Paint or equal. 3. All connections to existing piping systems shall be made as shown or indicated on the drawings after consultation and cooperation with authorities of the Owner. Some such connections may have to be made during off -peak hours. 4. Pipe Sleeves and Wall Castings: Pipe sleeves and wall castings shall be provided at locations called for on the drawings. These units shall be used as detailed and of material as noted on the drawings. They shall be accurately set in concrete or masonry to the elevations shown. All wall sleeves and castings required in the walls shall be in place when the walls are poured. End of wall castings and wall sleeves shall be of type consistent with the piping being connected to them. 5. Tie Rods: Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, the size and number of tie rods for a joint or installation shall be as recommended by the manufacturer's design chart for working pressure of 150 PSI. Tie rods shall be installed as recommended by the manufacturer. P. Underground Piping: 1. Trench excavation and backfill shall conform to the provisions of Section 02221. Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -8 2. Cover on buried piping shall not be less than 30 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Upon satisfactory excavation of the pipe trench and completion of the pipe bedding, a continuous trough for the pipe barrel and recesses for the pipe bells, or couplings, shall be excavated by hand digging. When the pipe is laid in the prepared trench, true to line and grade, the pipe barrel shall receive continuous, uniform support and no pressure will be exerted on the pipe joints from the trench bottom. 4. The interior of the pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter before being gently lowered into the trench and shall be kept clean during laying operations by means of plugs or other approved methods. During suspension of work for any reason at any time, a suitable stopper shall be placed in the end of the pipe last laid to prevent mud or other foreign material from entering the pipe. Lines shall be laid straight and depth of cover shall be maintained uniform with respect to finish grade, whether grading is completed or proposed at time of pipe installation. Where a grade or slope is shown on the drawings, batter boards with string line paralleling design grade shall be used by the Contractor to assure conformance to required grade. No abrupt changes in direction or grade will be allowed. Any pipe found defective shall be immediately removed and replaced with sound pipe. 5. Sewer pipe shall be laid with a minimum separation of 10 -feet from a parallel water line. 6. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be placed in polyethylene tube in accordance with Clow Corporation instructions or approved equal. Tube joints shall be lapped and tapped with polyethylene adhesive tape. 7. The joints of all pipelines shall be made absolutely tight. The particular joint to be used shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. Where shown on the plans, or where in the opinion of the Engineer, settlement vibration is likely to occur, all pipe shall be bolted mechanical type as specified herein. 8. Mechanical joints shall be made up using annealed high strength cast iron bolts and rubber gaskets having either plain or duct tip as recommended by the manufacturer. All types of mechanical joint pipes shall be laid and jointed in full conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. Only especially skilled workman shall be permitted to make up mechanical joints. Torque wrenches set as specified in AWWA Standard C III shall be used with the permission of the Engineer. 9. Push on joints shall be made in strict, complete compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 10. After pipe has been laid, inspected, and found satisfactory, sufficient backfill shall be placed along the pipe barrel to hold the pipe securely in place during the construction of the preliminary hydrostatic test. No Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -9 Q. backfill shall be placed over the joints until the preliminary test is satisfactorily completed, leaving them exposed to view for the detection of visible leaks. 11. Upon satisfactory completion of the preliminary hydrostatic test, backfilling of the trench shall be completed. Aboveground and Exposed Piping: 1. Aboveground and exposed pipe fittings, valves and accessories shall be installed as shown or indicated on the drawings. 2. Piping shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the job site and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing, properly clearing all equipment access areas and openings. Changes in sizes shall be made in accordance with appropriate reducing fittings. Pipe connections shall be made in accordance with the details shown and manufacturer's recommendations. Open ends of pipe lines shall be properly capped or plugged during installation to keep dirt and other foreign material out of the system. Pipe supports and hangers shall be provided where indicated or as required to insure adequate support of the piping. 3. Welded connections shall be made in conformity with the requirements of AWWA Standard C 206 and shall be done only by qualified welders. The Engineer, may, at his option, require certificates that welders employed on the work are qualified in conformity with the requirements of the standard and /or sample welds to verify the qualifications of the welders. Before testing, field welded joints shall be coated with the same material as used for coating its pipe in accordance with the requirements of AWWA. 4. Flanged joints shall be made up by inserting the gasket between the flanges. The threads of the bolts and the faces of the gaskets shall be coated with suitable lubricant immediately before installation. 5. Joints using Dresser couplings shall be made up as recommended by the manufacturer. 6. Use of perforated band iron (plumber's strap), wire or chain as pipe hangers will not be acceptable. Supports for pipe less than 11/2- inches nominal size shall not be more than eight feet on centers and pipe two inches nominal size and larger shall be supported at not more than ten feet on centers, unless otherwise indicated. Supports for PVC pipe shall be spaced one -half the distance as that specified above unless otherwise indicated. R. Valves: Valves shall be carefully inspected during installation; they shall be opened wide and then tightly closed and the various nuts and bolts shall be tested for tightness. Special care shall be taken to prevent any foreign matter from Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 becoming lodged in the valve seat. Valves shall be set plumb at the locations indicated and in accordance with the details shown on the drawings. S. Hydrants: Hydrants shall be set plumb and in true alignment with mains. They shall be securely braced against the end of the trench with concrete thrust blocks as shown on the drawings and as described and specified in these specifications. Care shall be taken to insure the free draining of the hydrant barrel and, to this end, coarse material shall be placed around this valve outlet. Backfilling around hydrants shall be carefully done so as not to disturb the hydrant and shall be thoroughly rammed so as to support the hydrant securely. T. Pipe and Valve Identification: The Contractor shall provide identification markings on all piping, tubing and valves installed under the various Sections of the Specifications. 1. Exposed Pipe, Tube and Conduit: Identification on all pipe, tube and conduit (over 120 volt conductors) inside buildings and outside exposed work shall be made with plastic snap -on and /or plastic pressure sensitive adhesive markers lettered with appropriate legend and where applicable shall have arrows indicating direction of flow. When appropriate legends and band colors are not available painted on legends and bands will be acceptable. 2. Underground Pipe and Tube: Pipe and tube shall be located by laying 2- inch wide plastic tape continuously along the run of pipe or tube. Where possible, color of tape shall be consistent with the color of bands on interior pipe and as approved by the Engineer, or shall bear and imprinted identification of the line. Tape shall be laid approximately 12- inches below ground surface and directly over pipe location. 3. Valve Identifications: On all valves, except shut -off valves located at a fixture or piece of equipment, the Contractor shall provide a coded and numbered tag attached with a brass chain and /or brass "S" hooks. a. Tag Types: Tags for valves on pipe and tube lines conducting hot medium (steam, condensate, hot water, etc.) shall be brass or anodized aluminum. Tags for all other valves shall be colored plastic. Colors for aluminum or plastic tags shall, where possible, match the color code of the pipe line on which installed. Square tags shall be used to indicate normally closed valves and round tags shall be used to indicate normally open valves. b. Coding: In addition to the color coding, each tag shall be stamped or engraved with wording or abbreviations to indicate the line of service. All color and letter coding shall be approved by the Engineer. Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -11 4. Valve Schedule: The Contractor shall provide a typewritten list of all tagged valves giving tag color, shape, letter code and number, the valve size, type use and general location within the building. Schedule shall be included in the 0 & M Manual. U. Concrete Encasement: 1. Concrete for concrete encasement shall have a minimum strength at 28 days of 2,500 psi and encasement shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown on the drawings. Encasement shall be constructed where: a. The pipe shall have less than adequate cover over the top of the pipe. b. A gravity sewer of clay pipe crosses over, or at a depth which provides less than 18- inches clear distance between pipes when crossing, under water mains. Encasement shall extend a minimum of 10 -feet on each side of the point of crossing. In lieu of encasing the clay pipe, the length of pipe to be encased may be constructed of the same material as the water main. c. The Engineer shall order the line encased. 2. If through failure to provide suitable trench sheeting, or other causes, the maximum for trench excavations, as specified elsewhere in the specifications, is exceeded, the Contractor shall construct concrete encasement around pipe for the length of excessive excavation. 3. The points of beginning and ending of the pipe encasement shall not be more than 6- inches from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects of superimposed live loads. 4. Payment for the above described work is considered incidental and shall be included in the appropriate bid price. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Flushing: All force mains shall be flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter with the velocity of flushing water not less than 4 -feet per second. Flushing shall be terminated at the direction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall dispose of flushing water without causing a nuisance or property damage. B. Pressure and Leakage Testing: All pumps, gauges and measuring devices shall be furnished, installed and operated by the Contractor and all such equipment and devices and their installation shall be approved by the Engineer. All pressure and leakage testing shall be done in the presence of a representative of the Owner as a Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -12 condition precedent to the approval and acceptance of the system. All pipes shall be thoroughly flushed immediately prior to testing. C. Hydrostatic Testing for Pressure Piping: 1. Pressure piping installed under this contract shall be subjected to a hydorstatic leakage /pressure test after the pipe has been installed and partially backfilled for underground installations. Each test shall be maintained for at least two hours at 150 PSI pressure during which time all joints shall be examined for leaks. 2. Before application of test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. If permanent air vents are not located at all high points, the Contractor shall install corporation cocks or fittings and valves at such points so air can be expelled as the pipe system is slowly filled with water. After expulsion of air, the corporation cocks, or other blowoff devices shall be closed and the test pressure applied. 3. Piping runs with two joints or less need not to be pressure tested, but shall be checked for leakage under normal operating pressures. 4. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves and joints shall be carefully examined for leaks. All cracked, broken or defective pipe, fittings or valves discovered as a consequence of this pressure test shall be removed and replaced with sound material. All leaking, or defective joints shall be repaired, replaced or corrected. 5. Leakage is defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the newly laid pipe or any valved section thereof to maintain the specified test pressure after the air in the pipeline has been expelled and the pipe has been filled with water. The allowable limits for leakage of underground piping shall be determined by the following formula. D. Allowable Limits for Leakage of Pressure Piping: 1. The hydrostatic pressure tests shall be performed as herein above specified and no installation, or section thereof, will be acceptable until the leakage is less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula: L= SD P_s 133200 in which, L = Allowable Leakage, in gallons per hour S = Length of pipe being tested in feet D = Nominal pipe diameter; in inches P = Average test pressure during the test, in PSI gauge Cardno TBE J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -13 Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories 2. Water shall be supplied to the line during the test period as required to maintain the test pressure as specified. The quantity used, which shall be compared to the above allowable quantity, shall be measured by pumping from a calibrated container. A 5/8 -inch meter installed on the discharge side of the pump may be used to measure the leakage for Large mains when approved by the Engineer. 3. Where leakage exceeds the allowable limit, as specified hereinbefore, the defective pipe or joints shall be located and repaired. If the defective portions can not be located, the Contractor shall remove and reconstruct as much of the work as is necessary in order to conform to the specified limits. No additional payment will be made for the correction of defective work, or damage to other parts of the work resulting from such corrective work. E. Tests for Drain Lines: 1. Drain lines shall be tested for infiltration and exfiltration. 2. The allowable limits of infiltration and exfiltration or leakage for the drain lines or any portion thereof shall not exceed a rate of 0.1 gallon per foot of pipe per 24 hours for all sizes of pipe throughout the system. 3. Any part, or all of the system may be tested for infiltration or exfiltration, as directed by the Engineer. Prior to testing for infiltration, the system shall be pumped out so normal infiltration conditions exist at the time of testing. The amounts of infiltration or exfiltration shall be determined by pumping into or out of calibrated drums, or by other approved methods. 4. The exfiltration test will be conducted by filling the portion of the system being tested with water to a level which will provide; a minimum head lateral connected to the test portion of 2 -feet; or, in the event there are no laterals in the test portion, a minimum difference in elevation between the crown of the highest portion of the sewer and the test level of 5 -feet. 5. Where infiltration or exfiltration exceeds the allowable limits specified herein, the defective pipe, joints or other faulty construction shall be located and repaired by the Contractor. If defective portions can not be located, the Contractor shall remove and reconstruct as much of the work as is necessary in order to conform to the specified allowable limits. 6. The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials and shall conduct all testing required, under the direction of the Engineer. No separate payment will be made for this work and the cost for this work shall be included in the prices quoted in this Proposal. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \15050.doc 15050 -14 SECTION 15150 ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Scope: 1. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish, install, calibrate, test, adjust and place into satisfactory operation the electromagnetic flow meters shown and specified herein. 2. Contract Documents illustrate and specify functionality and general construction requirements of the flow meters and do not necessarily show or specify all compo- nents, wiring, piping and accessories required to make a completely integrated system. Contractor shall provide all components, piping, wiring, accessories and labor required for a complete, workable, and integrated system. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for installing in -line flow elements (magnetic flow meter flow tubes, insert flow tubes) and for providing taps in the process piping systems for wastewater sampling. B. Coordination: Coordinate with other suppliers for installation of all items specified herein and required to ensure the complete and proper interfacing of all components and systems. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01300: 2. Section 01700: 3. Section 01730: 4. Section 13300: 5. Division 16 1.02 SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples. Contract Closeout Operation and Maintenance Data Metering Systems - General A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300, Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples, Section 13300, Metering Systems — General, and all Sections of Division 16. Cardno TBE Electromagnetic Flow Meter J:\00083\00083200.00\doc\specs\15150.docx 15150 -1 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. The CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the requirements specified in Section 01600, Material and Equipment, Section 13300, Metering Systems — General, and all Sections of Division 16. B. Flow meters and associated equipment shall not be delivered to the site until all product information and system Shop Drawings for the sensors and instruments have been approved by the Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MAGNETIC FLOW METER AND TRANSMITTER A. The flow meter shall be suitable for wastewater and of the microprocessor -based electromagnetic type. The magnetic flow meter shall indicate, totalize, and transmit flow in full pipes. It shall provide an instantaneous flow rate indication, and a totalization of flow volume. B. The magnetic flow meter shall utilize DC bipolar pulsed coil excitation, operating at frequencies up to 100 Hz and automatically re- zeroing after every cycle. C. The flow meter tube shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel with flanged connections. The flow sensor liner shall be polyurethane. D. The flow meter shall include Type 316 stainless steel grounding rings and Type 316 stainless steel grounding straps. E. The flow meter shall have a microprocessor -based signal converter and have an accuracy of at least plus or minus 0.5% of flow rate over a 33:1 turndown at all flow rates range from 1.0 feet per second to the upper end of the range specified for the meter. Accuracy shall be verified by calibration in a flow laboratory traceable to the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology. Flow test curves of the actual meters being furnished shall be submitted. F. Meter shall include low flow cutoff. The low flow cutoff shall be selectable from 0 to 9 percent of flow span and there shall be two flow alarms settable from 0 to 99 percent of span. G. The integrally- mounted flow sensor and transmitter shall be FM approved for Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B, C, D environments without use of air purge. The flow meter shall be suitable for operation at temperatures from -40 °F to 266 °F and at pressures from full vacuum to 740 psi. H. The meter shall incorporate HI -Z circuitry. The preamplifier input impedance shall not be less than 1012 ohms. External ultrasonic electrode cleaners shall not be acceptable. I. Available outputs shall be 1) Isolated analog 4 -20 mAdc into 800 ohms (standard); 2) scaled pulse 24 Vdc with selectable 12.5/25/50/100 ms on time, max. freq. 60 Hz.; 3) 0 -1000 Hz freq., for 0 -100% flow rate. 15 Vdc; 4) two flow alarms; 5) fault, with open Cardno TBE Electromagnetic Flow Meter J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \15150.docx 15150 -2 collector; 6) RS232 communication; 7) flow direction with open collector; 8) Positive Zero Return (PZR) for external relay contacts. Outputs 2 & 3 can be open collector if required. J. A two -line 16- character backlit alphanumeric display shall indicate user - defined flow units and total flow. All menu advice and commands shall be visible on this display. The display shall be modular and rotatable 360 °, in 90° increments. Characters shall be at least 0.125" high for ease of readability. Totalizer shall be visible through viewing window, or shall be externally mounted in a separate NEMA 4X enclosure with viewing window and installed adjacent to the transmitter. K. The flow meter shall include a feature to allow menu selection and changes to be made from the outside of the housing. It shall not be necessary to remove covers, panels, or fasteners to accomplish calibration or program changes. L. The meter software shall incorporate a password feature preventing inadvertent program changes. M. The flow meter shall feature E2PROM memory and universal electronics module compatibility between meters. N. The flow meter transmitter shall be remote - mounted and furnished in a NEMA 4X enclosure with a larger 3/8 -inch character, 2 -line 16 digit backlit display and 15 feet of cable. O. The flow meter shall have a switching power supply having an operating range from 77 to 265 VAC 50/60 Hz. Power consumption shall not exceed 20 watts. P. Flow meter manufacturer shall have meters of the DC pulse type installed in similar flowing mediums for a minimum of five years. Q. The flow meter shall be warranted against defective workmanship or materials for a period of two years from date of shipment. R. The flow meter shall be Model FN 656 TigermagEP, as manufactured by Sparling Instruments, Inc. located in El Monte, CA, or approved equal. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install each item in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in accordance with the Contract Documents. Transmitters and instruments, which require access for periodic calibration or maintenance, shall be mounted so they are accessible. Care shall be taken in the installation to ensure sufficient space is provided between instruments and other equipment or piping to allow for easy removal and servicing. B. All items shall be mounted and anchored using stainless steel hardware, unless otherwise noted. Cardno TBE Electromagnetic Flow Meter J:\00083\00083200.00\doc\specs\15150.docx 15150 -3 C. All field instruments shall be rigidly secured to walls, stands or brackets as required by the manufacturer and as shown. D. Conform to all applicable provisions of the NEMA standards, NEC and local, State and Federal codes when installing the equipment and interconnecting wiring. 3.2 START -UP, CALIBRATION, TESTING, AND TRAINING A. Comply with the applicable requirements of Section 13300, Metering Systems — General and Division 16. B. Flow meter manufacturer shall provide a minimum of 16 hours of start-up assistance on site. C. Provide O &M manuals as specified in Sections 01700 and 01730. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Electromagnetic Flow Meter J:\00083\00083200.00\doc\specs\15150.docx 15150 -4 SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL — GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for the modifications required to the field devices for the City of Clearwater's — Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacement project as hereinafter specified and shown on the Drawings. B. The work, apparatus and materials, which shall be furnished under these Specifications and accompanying Drawings, shall include all items listed hereinafter and /or shown on the Drawings. Certain equipment, which will require wiring thereto and /or complete installation, is indicated. All materials necessary for the complete installation shall be furnished and installed by the CONTRACTOR to provide complete power, instrumentation, wiring and control systems as indicated on the Drawings and /or as specified herein. C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install the necessary cables, protective devices, conductors, supports, raceways, exterior electrical system, etc., to serve loads as indicated on the Drawings and /or as specified. D. The work shall include complete testing of all equipment and wiring at the completion of the work and making any minor connection changes or adjustments necessary for the proper functioning of the system and equipment. All workmanship shall be of the highest quality; sub - standard work will be rejected. E. It is the intent of these Specifications that the electrical system shall be suitable in every way for the service required. All material and all work, which may be reasonably implied as being incidental to the work of this Section, shall be furnished at no extra cost. F. Furnish and install a complete system of conduit as herein specified and shown on the drawings. 1.02 CODES, INSPECTION AND FEES A. All material and installation shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code and all applicable national, local and state codes, laws and ordinances. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16050 General Provisions.doc 16050 -1 General Provisions B. Pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 1.03 TESTS A. Test all systems and repair or replace all defective work. Make all necessary adjustments to the systems and instruct OWNER's personnel in the proper operation of the systems. B. The following minimum tests and checks shall be made prior to the energizing of electrical equipment. Test shall be by the CONTRACTOR and a certified test report shall be submitted providing all test results and stating that the equipment meets and operates in accordance with the Manufacturer's and job specifications, and that equipment and installation conforms to all applicable Standards and Specifications: 1. Test all 600 -volt wire insulation with a megohm meter after installation. Make tests at not less than 1000 volts. Submit a written test report of the results to the engineer. 2. Mechanical inspection of all circuit breakers to assure proper operation. C. The Engineer shall be notified forty -eight (48) hours before tests are made to enable the Owner to have designated personnel present. 1.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. All cutting and patching shall be done in a thoroughly workmanlike manner. 1.05 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS A. The Drawings are not intended to show exact locations of conduit runs. B. All three -phase circuits shall be run in separate conduits unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, conduit shown exposed shall be installed exposed; conduit shown concealed shall be installed concealed. D. Where circuits are shown as "home- runs," all necessary fittings and boxes shall be provided for a complete raceway installation. E. The CONTRACTOR shall harmonize the work of the different trades so that interferences between conduits, piping, equipment, architectural and structural work will be avoided. All necessary offsets shall be furnished so as to take up a minimum space and all such offsets, fittings, etc., required to accomplish this shall be furnished and installed by the CONTRACTOR without additional expense to the Owner. In Cardno TBE General Provisions J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \I 6050 General Provisions.doc 16050 -2 case interference develops, the Owner's authorized representative is to decide which equipment, piping, etc., must be relocated, regardless of which was installed first. F. The locations of equipment, outlets, and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be as approved by the Engineer during construction. Obtain in the field all information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Engineer and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. G. Circuit layouts shown are not intended to show the number of fittings, or other installation details. Furnish all labor and materials necessary to install and place in satisfactory operation all power, lighting, and other electrical systems shown. Additional circuits shall be installed wherever needed to conform to the specific requirements of the equipment. H. The ratings of motors and other electrically operated devices together with the size shown for their branch circuit conductors and conduits are approximate only and are indicative of the probable power requirements insofar as they can be determined in advance of the purchase of equipment. I. All connections to equipment shall be made as shown, specified and directed and in accordance with the approved shop drawings, regardless ofthe number of conductors shown on the Electrical Drawings. 1.06 RECORD DRAWINGS A. As the work progresses, legibly record all field changes on a set of project Contract Drawings. When the project is complete, furnish a complete set ofreproducible "As- built" drawings for the Project Record Documents. 1.07 COMPONENT INTERCONNECTIONS A. Component equipment furnished under this Specification will not be furnished as integrated systems. B. Analyze all systems components and their shop drawings; identify all terminals and prepare drawings or wiring tables necessary for component interconnection. 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS A. As specified under other Sections, shop drawings shall be submitted for approval for all materials, equipment, apparatus, and other items as required by the Engineer. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16050 General Provisions.doc 16050 -3 General Provisions B. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following equipment: 1. Meter Control Cabinet 2. Radios 3. Radio Antennas and Towers 4. Load Centers 5. Circuit Breakers 6. Ground Rods 7. Conductors 8. Conduit C. Prior to submittal by the CONTRACTOR, all shop drawings shall be checked for accuracy and contract requirements. Shop drawings shall bear the date checked and shall be accompanied by a statement that the shop drawings have been examined for conformity to Specifications and Drawings. This statement shall also list all discrepancies with the Specifications and Drawings. Shop drawings not so checked and noted shall be returned. D. The Engineer's check shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance with the Specifications and Drawings. The responsibility of, or the necessity of, furnishing materials and workmanship required by the Specifications and Drawings, which may not be indicated on the shop drawings, is included under the work of this Section. E. The responsibility for all dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site and for coordination of this work with the work of all other trades is also included under the work of this Section. F. No material shall be ordered or shop work started until the Engineer's approval of shop drawings has been given. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Provide a warranty for all the electrical equipment in accordance with the requirements of other Sections. Under no circumstances shall the warranty be for less than one year starting from substantial completion. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16050 General Provisions.doc 16050 -4 General Provisions SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates. 2. Labels. 3. Wire markers. 4. Lockout Devices. 1.02 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged devices; include tag numbers. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Division 1 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept identification products on site in original containers. Inspect for damage. C. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. D. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Division 1 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Install labels and nameplates only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions for adhesive are within range recommended by manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES A. Product Description: Laminated three -layer plastic with engraved white letters on black background color. Cardno TBE J:\ 00083\ 00083200.00 \doc \specs \16075 Electrical Identification.doc 16075 -1 B. Letter Size: 1. 1/8 inch high letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. 2. 1/4 inch high letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. C. Minimum nameplate thickness: 1/8 inch. 1.05 LABELS A. Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16 inch white letters on black background. 1.06 WIRE MARKERS A. Description: Cloth tape, split sleeve, or tubing type wire markers. B. Legend: 1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number. 2. Control Circuits: Control wire number as indicated on shop drawings. 1.07 LOCKOUT DEVICES A. Lockout Hasps: 1. Anodized aluminum hasp with erasable label surface; size minimum 7 -1/4 x 3 inches. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Nameplate Installation: 1. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install nameplate for each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure with corrosive- resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. 3. Install nameplates for each control panel and major control components located outside panel with corrosive- resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. 4. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws or adhesive. 5. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on recessed panelboard in finished locations. 6. Install nameplates for the following: Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \16075 Electrical Identification.doc 16075 -2 a. Meter Control Cabinets b. Load Centers B. Wire Marker Installation: 1. Install wire marker for each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and each load connection. 2. Mark data cabling at each end. Install additional marking at accessible locations along the cable run. 3. Install labels at data outlets identifying patch panel and port designation. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \16075 Electrical Identification.doc 16075 -3 SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. All work shall be executed in a neat and workmanlike manner by experienced and capable electricians so as to present a neat installation upon completion. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical work shall be performed in accordance with the current standards of the electrical trades. The provisions of the NEC and existing local requirements shall comprise the minimum acceptable standards of electrical work. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING, & ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Equipment and material shall be suitably delivered and stored in the original containers, but shall be readily accessible for inspection. All items subject to moisture damage shall be stored in dry spaces. All material and equipment shall be protected against dirt, dust, water and chemical or mechanical injury, vandalism and theft. Upon completion of the work all equipment and materials shall be cleaned thoroughly, polished and finished in a condition satisfactory to the OWNER. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. All equipment and materials shall be new and shall bear the manufacturer's name, trade name, and the UL label. In cases where a standard has been established for a particular material, the material shall be so labeled. The equipment to be furnished shall be essentially the standard product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of the required type of equipment for this type of work and shall be the . manufacturer's latest approved design. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Clamps, screws, fasteners and support devices shall be of noncorrosive metal. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \16100 Basic Materials.doc 16100 -1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. The electrical drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangements of the electrical work. The CONTRACTOR shall carefully examine the Drawings and shall ascertain that the equipment and accessories will be properly located and readily accessible. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Equipment and appurtenances furnished by various manufacturers shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and approved wiring diagrams for type and capacity of each piece of equipment used. These instructions shall be considered as part of these Specifications. Any OWNER- furnished equipment shall be connected by the CONTRACTOR, including all necessary cords and plugs. B. Dimensions shown on the drawings are based on the information provided by the manufacturer for specific models indicated. The contractor shall be responsible for insuring proper clearances, coordination with other equipment, etc. for any substitutions to the equipment used as the basis for the design. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \16100 Basic Materials.doc 16100 -2 SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. All aboveground, exterior conduit shall be rigid aluminum. All conduit installed below grade shall be rigid non - metallic heavy wall conduit. Minimum conduit size be 3/4 -inch. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Rigid Aluminum Conduit and Fittings : All electric aluminum conduit and fittings shall conform ANSI C80.5. Rigid aluminum conduit shall not be used for concealed work. The use of dissimilar metals shall be avoided throughout the system. Installation methods of metallic conduit shall be in accordance with Sections 348 -4 through 348 -13 of the NEC. B. Rigid Non - metallic Conduit and Fittings : Rigid non - metallic conduit and fittings of heavy wall polyvinyl chloride (PVC) meeting ASTM Specification D 1785, approved by UL for the specific purpose, may be used in locations not prohibited by the NEC Section 347 -3. When equipment grounding is required by Article 250 of the NEC, a separate grounding conductor shall be installed in the conduit. Installation methods of rigid non - metallic conduit shall conform to Section 347 -5 through 347 -15 of the NEC. Supports shall be in accordance with Table 347 -8. C. Flexible Metallic Conduit: Where necessary, equipment shall be connected with liquid -tight flexible metallic conduit of the size required for the conductors to the equipment. Liquid -tight flexible metallic conduit shall be UL, type UA. It shall be installed in such a manner that liquids tend to run off the surface and not drain toward the fittings. Sufficient slack shall be provided to reduce the effects of vibration. Where the fittings are brought into an enclosure with a knock -out, a gasket assembly consisting of an 0-ring and retainer shall be installed. These fittings shall be nylon insulated - throat type. Conduit shall be galvanized, PVC covered and shall be constructed to provide a continuous metallic bond. It shall be equal to that manufactured by Appleton "Sealtite ". D. Provide explosion - proof, heavy duty construction, flexible conduit, with internal insulation liner for Class I, Division 2, Group D hazardous areas (interior of meter vault). Cardno TBE J:\ 00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16110 Raceways and Fittings.doc 16110 -1 E. Provide fittings that conform to the requirements of NEC Chapter 5 for Class I, Division for 2, Group D hazardous locations (interior of meter vault). F. Provide seal fittings designed for 40 percent fill capacity suitable for either horizontal or vertical installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Exposed conduit shall run parallel. Concealed conduits shall be run in a direct line with long sweep bends and offsets. Conduit shall be continuous and installed in such a manner that the system shall be electrically continuous throughout. Conduit ends shall be capped during construction. The ends of all conduits shall be carefully reamed free from burrs after threading and before installation. All cuts shall be made square. All joints shall be made up tight. Care shall be taken to see that all control and power conduit runs form a permanent and continuous ground connection point. B. The Contractor shall permanently and effectively ground service neutral and all raceways, devices, and utilized equipment in accordance with the requirements ofthe NEC, and as shown or required. All grounding electrodes shall have rigid clamp jaws and be UL listed for the application. A separate ground wire shall be provided in all control and power raceways. C. Conduit stubs shall be located to conform to location of connection boxes on motors and /or other equipment served. Traps in conduit runs shall be avoided. D. Conductors shall be installed in a workmanlike manner. Damage to insulation or a reduction of the wire size when pulled into the conduit shall be avoided. E. All areas of the project are considered to be wet locations and construction within these areas shall be moisture and weather resistant. Work below grade, on grade, or beneath slabs shall be waterproof. F. Electrical work shall not rest upon, be supported by or hung from ductwork, piping or equipment. Adequate supports shall be provided to assure that this is achieved. G. Boxes, conduit, hangers, panels, etc., shall be fastened to steel by machine bolts and nuts, and by expansion bolts in concrete. Wood or composition plugs shall not be used. H. Where installations pass through walls, slabs, or other structures, all cutting shall be accomplished without damage to the structure. Boring and cutting shall be done with Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs\16110 Raceways and Fittings.doc 16110 -2 Cardno TBE proper equipment and without delivering excessive vibration or shock to the structure. END OF SECTION J:\ 00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs116110 Raceways and Fittings.doc 16110-3 SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section includes the furnishing, installation, and connection of all low voltage and power wiring. This shall include all wires and cables utilized for controls. Conductors specified for low voltage controls shall be coordinated with and approved by equipment manufacturers. B. Control wiring specified herein shall be installed and connected by the Electrical Contractor to perform the functions specified in other sections ofthese specifications. C. REFERENCE STANDARDS: The following specifications and standards, except as hereinafter modified, are incorporated herein by reference and form a part of this specification to the extent indicated by the references thereto. Except where a specific date is given, the issue in effect (including amendments, addenda, revisions, supplements, and errata) on the date of Invitation for Bids shall be applicable. In text such specifications and standards are referred to by basic designation only. 1) Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.) J- C- 30A(1) - Cable and Wire Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation) HH- I -595C - Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic 2) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications: No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC) WIRES AND CABLES 3) Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc (UL) Publications: No. 83 - Thermoplastic — Insulated Wires No. 493 - Thermoplastic — Insulated Underground Feeder and Branch Circuit Cables No. 486 Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Conductors shall consist of annealed copper wire having a minimum of 98% conductivity and shall be sized and insulated or isolated in accordance with the NEC Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \16120 Wires and Cables.doc 16120 -1 for the current and voltage of the individual circuit. All conductors, unless specifically noted, shall have type "THWN ", 75 degrees F, 600 Volt insulation. B. Conductors for 4 -20mA signals and pulsed meter signal where twisted, shielded conductors are shown on the drawings shall have : 1. 2 conductor, #18 tinned copper conductors. 2. Polyethylene insulation material. 3. Aluminum foil - polyesther tape with shorting fold 4. Shall be Belden Part Number 8760 or equal as determined by the engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All conductors shall be coded throughout, using different colors for phases, white for neutral (white with other color stripe for neutral of a different voltage system) and green for ground. The same color code for a particular phase or part of a circuit shall be run with the same conductor throughout the job. Colors used for each voltage system shall be different. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger may be black in color but shall be identified with colored tape in all outlet, junction or pull boxes and at the terminals of the equipment. Phase 120/240V, 1PH, System A Black B Red Neutral White Ground Green B. All wires in cabinets, boxes, panels, pull and junction boxes shall be trained neatly and tied. C. All wires and cables, larger than No. 12 AWG, shall be continuous from origin to destination without splices unless written permission is given by the ENGINEER. D. Conductors shall be sized in accordance with NEC requirements. No conductor shall be smaller than No. 12 AWG, except control and signal circuit conductors which may be No. 14 AWG, unless otherwise specified on the drawings. 3.02 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES A. Power Conductors: Terminations shall be die type or set screw type pressure connectors as specified. Splices (where allowed) shall be die type compression connector and waterproof with heat shrink boot or epoxy filling. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16120 Wires and Cables.doc 16120 -2 B. Control Conductors: Termination on saddle -type terminals shall be wired directly with a maximum of two conductors per termination. Termination on screw type terminals shall be made with a maximum of two spade connectors. C. Instrumentation Signal Conductors: Terminations permitted shall be typical of control conductors. Splices are allowed at instrumentation terminal boxes only. D. Splices (of any type) shall not be allowed. All conductors shall be continuous from termination point to termination point. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16120 Wires and Cables.doc 16120 -3 SECTION 16170 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Main Disconnect: A main disconnecting means meeting the requirements of the NEC shall be furnished and installed for the electrical service as shown on the drawings. The main disconnect shall be a main circuit breaker. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESSORIES A. Circuit Breakers: Circuit breakers for all branch circuits shall be molded -case unit breakers with thermal- magnetic trips designed to open all phases simultaneously under overload and /or fault conditions. Breakers shall be of adequate rating for the actual duty required. The breaker shall have quick- make, quick- break, toggle mechanism, inverse -time trip characteristics, and shall be trip -free on overload or short- circuit. Automatic release is to be secured by a bimetallic thermal element releasing the mechanism latch. In addition, a magnetic armature shall be provided to trip the breaker instantaneously for short circuit currents above the overload range. Automatic tripping shall be indicated by a handle position between the manual OFF and ON position. The trip mechanism shall be a combination thermal - magnetic type. Thermal elements shall inverse time characteristics for overload conditions and magnetic trip element shall protect against short circuits by providing instantaneous trip. Circuit breakers shall be Square -D. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install circuit breaker as recommended by the manufacturer, required by Code, and as shown on the drawings. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE J: \00083\ 00083200.00 \doc\ specs \16170 Protective Devices.doc 16170 -1 SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Conduit supports. B. Channel supports for equipment. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. National Electrical Code PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Single Runs: stainless steel conduit straps or ring bolt type hangers with specialty spring clips. Plumbers perforated straps or wire will not be acceptable. B. Multiple Runs: Conduit rack with 25 percent spare capacity. C. Vertical Runs: Channel support with conduit fittings. 2.02 CHANNEL SUPPORTS A. Stainless steel channel sections shall be rolled from AISI 1008 commercial grade steel and be in conformance with ASTM A569 -72. B. The cross sectional width dimension of the channel shall be a minimum of 1-5/8 - inch. The depth will be as required to satisfy the load requirements. Channel with 1- 5/8 -inch depth or greater shall be rolled from manufacturer's standard 12 gauge steel. Channel smaller than 11/2-inch may be manufacturer's standard 14 gauge steel. C. Attachment holes, when required, shall be factory punched on hole centers equal to the channel cross sectional width dimension and shall be a maximum of 9/16 -inch in diameter. D. Channel attachment stainless steel nuts shall be designed to prelocate in the channel and provide a bearing surface on the turned down lips while making positive contact with the side walls of the channel. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \16190 Supporting Devices.doc 16190 -1 E. Straps for the support of conduit shall be designed such that the attachment nut is captivated on the shoulder of the strap when tightened, and the attachment bolt shall allow tightening by either a screwdriver or wrench. F. All nuts, bolts, straps, threaded rod and edges of punched holes shall be protected with the same finish as the channel. G. The finish on steel components shall consist of a combination of .0005 inch electrogalvanizingon steel in accordance with ASTM B633 -7B Type LS coating and a gold zinc dichromate barrier formed on the zinc. This coating shall be applied after factory fabrication of the material. H. When tested in accordance with ASTM B117-73 procedure, there shall be no sign of red rust after 1,000 hours of testing. Certified test results to support this must be submitted upon request. I. Aluminum strut shall be manufactured of extruded aluminum alloy 6063 -T6. All fittings and hardware shall be zinc - plated according to ASTM B663. 2.03 ANCHOR METHODS A. Hollow Masonary: Toggle bolts or tapcons. B. Solid Masonary: Tapcons. C. Metal Surfaces: machine screws, bolts, welded studs, or beam type clamps on steel joints. D. Wood Surfaces: Wood Screws E. Concrete Surfaces: Tapcons. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Layout to maintain headroom, neat mechanical appearance, and to support equipment loads required. B. Verify exact mounting and installation requirements with the Owner's representative prior to installation. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16190 Supporting Devices.doc 16190 -2 SECTION 16421 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 INCLUDED A. Load Centers 1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Install complete grounding system in accordance with the National Electrical Code. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The following specifications and standards, except as hereinafter modified, are incorporated herein by reference and form a part of this specification to the extent indicated by the references thereto. Except where a specific date is given, the issue in effect (including amendments, addenda, revisions, supplements, and errata) on the date of Invitation for Bids shall be applicable. In text such specifications and standards are referred to by basic designation only. 1. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) Publications: 2. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., (UL) Publications: 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Load Center shop drawings shall contain layout of equipment, nameplate, schedule, electrical characteristics of components, overall weight and dimensions, conduit space in top, voltage rating, ampacity of all bus bracing, and information that indicates that function requirements of the specification have been met. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LOAD CENTERS A. Load Center 1. The Load Center shall be dead -front type, metal enclosed. Load Center shall be NEMA 3R enclosure for operation at 120/240V, single - phase. A minimum of 10 single -pole spaces shall be provided. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs\ 16421 Panelboards. doc 16421 -1 2. Unit shall be provided with a 40 Ampere main breaker for the 120/240V, single -phase distribution panelboard. 3. Load Center shall be provided with neutral and ground bus bars and shall meet the requirements for service entrance equipment. 2.02 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Load Center: 1. Square -D 2. General Electric 3. Cutler Hammer PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF LOAD CENTERS A. Install Load Center per manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16421 Panelboards.doc 16421 -2 SECTION 16709 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section includes furnishing, installation, and connection of the surge suppression device (SPD). All wires and cables utilized shall be as specified by the equipment manufacturer. Coordinate all work with equipment manufacturers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies : 1. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 2. UL Standards 1449 Second Edition Listed, 1283 Listed. B. IEEE Compliance 1. IEEE Standards C62.11, C62.33, C62.41 (1991), C62.45 (1992) 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Surge Protection Device shall be listed and labeled per UL 1449 2nd edition and UL 1283, and comply with ANSI -IEEE C62.45 test procedures for category C3 established in C62.41 (1991). B. ANSI/IEEE Std. 1100 -1999 Section 8.6.1 (Emerald Book). C. ANSI C84.1, American National Standard for Electric Power Systems and Equipment — Voltage Ratings (60 Hertz). 1.04 MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS A. The surge suppression device shall be manufactured by a company normally engaged in the design, development, and manufacture of such equipment. B. The surge suppression manufacturer shall provide unlimited free replacement for all inoperable SPD units during warranty period. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16709 Surge Protection Device.doc 16709 -1 1.05 WARRANTY A. The surge suppression device shall be guaranteed by the installing contractor and surge suppression manufacturer to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of not less than 25 years from the date of substantial completion of the system to which the suppressor is installed. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Surge suppression submittals shall include, but not be limited to the following items : 1. Complete schematic data for suppressor indicating part number, conductor sizes, etc. 2. Manufacturer shall include their UL 1449 Second Edition listing classification page and listing number(s). 3. Manufacturer shall include their UL 1283 listing classification page and listing number(s). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The following manufacturers listed below are acceptable to provide equipment as specified in this section. 1. Advanced Protection Technologies, Model TE /01 /XDS /10/4X PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The surge suppression device shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The SPD device shall be located immediately adjacent to the device it is intended to protect. Install the SPD with conductors sized per the drawings (or per the manufacturer's installation instructions). The conductors serving the SPD shall be twisted together to reduce the SPD system input impedance and be kept to a minimum length. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16709 Surge Protection Device.doc 16709 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16941 METER CONTROL CABINET PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for a complete Metering Cabinet for the City of Clearwater's — Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacement as hereinafter specified and shown on the Drawings. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide an approved professional SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR to have total systems responsibility for instrumentation, controls, services, and systems as indicated in the contract drawings, in Specification Section 13300 and as described herein. B. This section of the specifications shall be considered as a single unit and shall be included in the single source responsibility from the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR. C. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR, working together with the CONTRACTOR, shall provide and install the instrumentation as required for the City of Clearwater's — Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacement as described herein and as shown in the contract drawings. D. The control system will utilize a standard industrial Programmable Logic Controller (PLC). E. The System Integrator shall provide various levels of training, and spare parts, as described in these specifications Training shall be included on the operation and maintenance of all instrumentation, including flow meters and pressure transmitters and troubleshooting of all related components and systems. F. Operator Interface Terminal Limits of Responsibility: An Industrial "Operator Interface Terminal" (OIT) shall be mounted in the Meter Cabinet as indicated in the contract documents, to provide operator access to totalization information. The System Integrator shall provide and install the OIT in the cabinet as shown or specified herein, and shall provide all accessories. The System Integrator shall not be responsible for the programming of the OIT screens, database or control logic. These tasks shall be provided by the ENGINEER, as a separate task outside the scope of this project. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs\1 6941 Meter Cabinet.doc 16941 -1 Meter Cabinets G. Programmable Logic Controller Limits ofResponsibility: The System Integrator shall provide the Meter Cabinet, Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) hardware, instrumentation, wiring and physical installation of all the metering system components. The System Integrator shall not be responsible for the PLC programming or control algorithms. These tasks shall be provided by the ENGINEER, as a separate task outside the scope of this project. 1.03 SERVICE AND METERING A. Permanent electrical service and metering will be provided at the Flow Meter Vault. 1.04 CODES A. All material and installation shall be in accordance with the 2008 edition of the National Electrical Code (N.E.C.), and NFPA 70 code articles that are applicable to the minimum electrical installation requirements for sewer lift stations. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following Meter Cabinet shop drawings in a single package: B. Layout diagrams for all meter cabinets and enclosures. Include cabinet elevations (front, side, interior), and sizing. Cabinet front elevations shall be of sufficient scale to allow all engraved nameplates and inscriptions to be legible without the use of schedules. C. Wiring diagrams for all meter cabinets. Diagrams shall be complete electrical wiring diagrams showing all components and all auxiliary devices such as relays, alarms, fuses, lights, fans, heaters, etc. All wires and terminals shall be numbered on the diagrams, and line cross - references shall be labeled. Include wiring interface to the controllers where applicable. Include on these drawings, a tag number to identify each component, referenced to a component identification list. D. Power requirements and heat dissipation summary for all meter cabinets. Power requirements shall state required voltages, currents, and phase(s). Heat dissipations shall be maximums and shall be given in Btu /hr. Summary shall be supplemented with calculations. E. Refer also to specification section 13300 for general requirements. Cardno TBE Meter Cabinets J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16941 Meter Cabinet.doc 16941 -2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The materials used in all systems shall be new, unused and as hereinafter specified. All materials where not specified shall be of the very best of their respective kinds. Samples of materials or Manufacturer's specifications shall be submitted for approval as required by the Engineer. B. Materials and equipment used shall be Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed and conform with applicable standards of NEMA and ANSI. C. Electrical equipment shall, at all times during construction, be adequately protected against mechanical injury or damage by water. Electrical equipment shall not be stored out -of- doors. Electrical equipment shall be stored in dry permanent shelters. If any apparatus has been damaged, such damage shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. If any apparatus has been subject to possible injury by water, it shall be thoroughly dried out and put through such special tests as directed by the Engineer, at the cost and expense of the CONTRACTOR, or shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense. 2.02 METER CABINET SYSTEM A. PANEL CONSTRUCTION: 1. The electrical control equipment shall be mounted within a NEMA Type 4X, dead front enclosure, constructed of not less than #14 gauge stainless steel (316 grade) powder coated white. The enclosure shall be equipped with an inner aluminum door and shall incorporate a removable back panel on which control components shall be mounted. Back panel shall be secured to enclosure with collar studs. Outer panel door shall be equipped with door stop. Panel shall have pad - lockable 3 -point latching system. 2. Inner Safety Door: Panel shall include one aluminum inner safety door, 12 gauge nominal thickness (minimum) with 3/4 -inch, 90 degree break bend on all edges for rigidity; full length aluminum hinge; positive twist lock handle; safety latch to keep door open during maintenance. 3. Provide 120V, 8 Watt cabinet light. Prescolite UCS12- 1 -08 -PH -120 -WSW with integral switch. Provide F8T5 /CW Lamp and bracket to mount fixture to backpanel.. Cardno TBE Meter Cabinets J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \16941 Meter Cabinet.doc 16941 -3 B. PLC HARDWARE 1. The programmable controller shall be an Allen Bradley CompactLogix controller. The processor shall be an 1769 -L35E. Provide an A/C input module: 1769 -IA16, analog input module: 1769 -IF8, 24VDC high speed input module: 1769 -IQ16F and power supply: 1769 -PA4. There shall be no approved equals. C. OPERATOR INTERFACE TERMINAL (OIT) 1. An Operator Interface Terminal shall be provided each Meter Cabinet as shown in the drawings, to provide flow totalization information, alarms, and process graphics. 2. The Operator Interface Terminal shall be a 10 inch TFT color touch screen industrial operator interface designed to operate directly on the Ethernet network, and be able to provide real time updates to the PLC. The OIT shall provide sufficient memory for more than 5 pages of process graphics and 50 real and discrete data points. The OIT shall be configured to provide process graphics, alarms and controls as required in these specifications. The OIT shall simulate push buttons, pilot lights, digital indicators, and shall provide direct control of timers, counters and data table information, in both read and write modes, to the PLC. 3. The OIT shall be provided with all hardware, software, power supplies and accessories require to form a complete system. The Programming configuration shall be assembled in a computer, and downloaded to the OIT using a cable supplied with the project. The computer software, cables and documentation shall be provided to the owner. 4. The Operator Interface Terminal shall be a Maple Systems HMI5100T with 10" touchscreen, Ethernet, Serial and USB ports. There shall be no approved equals. D. LIGHTNING /SURGE PROTECTION 1. Surge suppressors and arrestors meeting the requirements of ANSI Standard C -62.41 (latest revision) shall be provided on all wiring entering all panels and enclosures. 2. DC signals. Lightning and surge protection shall be provided on all 4 -20 mA signal wires and high speed pulse signal. The protectors shall meet the following criteria: a. DIN rail mounted. b. Operating signal voltage: up to 30 Volts DC Cardno TBE Meter Cabinets J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \16941 Meter Cabinet.doc 16941 -4 c. Operating signal current: up to 250 mA d. Manufacturer /model: DEHN Blitzductor, SP type with base, no approved equals. 4. Single phase AC Power (to 15 Amps). Lightning and surge protectors for AC power supply lines up to 15 Amps service shall meet the following criteria: a. Replaceable protection module. b. Failure indicator c. Response time of less than twenty five nanoseconds. d. Surge protection according to EN 61643 -11 and EN 61643 -1. e. Manufacturer /model: DEHNrail DR M 2P 150 with base, no approved equals. E. POWER SUPPLIES 1. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) shall be provided in all meter cabinets as follows: a. Provide and install 350VA UPS, Allen Bradley 1609- S35ONS with dry contact I/O communication cable, Allen Bradley 1609 -SDC1. 2. 24 Volt DC Power Supplies a. Provide isolated 24 Volt DC power supplies as follows: i. Power supply with separately fused connections to power the PLC and miscellaneous field instruments as shown in the Contract Drawings. ii. A wetting supply for interposing relay contacts that provide discrete inputs to the PLC, separately fused for each input group. An additional, separately fused connection, from this supply shall also power the discrete output isolation relay coils. iii. 24Volt DC power supplies shall 30Watt capacity and have 120VAC input/24VDC output. 24VDC power supplies shall be Allen Bradley 1606- XLP30E. 3. 12 Volt DC Power Supplies a. Provide isolated 12 Volt DC power supplies as follows: i. Power supply with separately fused connections to power the PLC and miscellaneous field instruments as shown in the Contract Drawings. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs \16941 Meter Cabinet.doc 16941 -5 Meter Cabinets ii. A wetting supply for interposing relay contacts that provide discrete inputs to the PLC, separately fused for each input group. An additional, separately fused connection, from this supply shall also power the discrete output isolation relay coils. iii. 12Volt DC power supplies shall 30Watt capacity and have 120VAC input/124VDC output. 12VDC power supplies shall be Allen Bradley 1606- XLP30B. E. RADIO UNITS 1. The City of Clearwater shall provide the required MDS 9810 radios for the Allen Ave and Briar Creek Meter Cabinets. The contractor shall be responsible for the installation of these radios in the associated Meter Cabinet. 2. The Contractor shall provide the required Ethernet Radio for the Cedar Street Cabinet. The contractor shall be responsible for the installation of the radio in the associated Meter Cabinet. The Ethernet radio for the Cedar Street Cabinet shall be a GE MDS iNET II (Remote Model). 3. The Contractor shall provide the required Ethernet Radio for the existing Union Street Pumping Station. The contractor shall be responsible for the installation of the new radio in the existing Pump Control Cabinet. The Ethernet radio for the Union Street Pump Station shall be a GE MDS iNET II (Access Point Model). F. ELECTRICAL WIRING 1. Cabinet lighting, receptacles, heaters, controls, telemetry and fans on separate branch circuits. 2. Branch circuit breakers shall be Square -D QOU115 as applicable. 3. Thermal circuit breakers shall be 120V and shall be Type TCP as manufactured by Phoenix Contact. 4. Power wiring shall be 600 volt, type THHN stranded copper, No. 14 AWG size, for 120V service. 5. Discrete wiring shall be 600 -volt type THHN stranded copper, sized for the current carried, but not smaller than No. 14 AWG. Cardno TBE J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16941 Meter Cabinet.doc 16941 -6 Meter Cabinets 6. Analog signal wiring shall be 300 volt, stranded copper in twisted shield pairs, no smaller than No. 18 AWG. 7. Panel wiring shall be routed within 2" x 2" panduits. 8. Hinge wiring shall be secured at each end with the bend portion protected by a plastic sleeve. 9. Analog or DC wiring shall be separated from any AC power or control wiring by at least six inches. 10. Each wire shall be uniquely identified using plastic, snap -on numbered tags. 11. Terminal blocks shall be provided for all field wiring entering the panel. The greater of 4 or 15% spare terminal blocks shall be provided. Terminal blocks shall be Allen Bradley 1492-W10. 12. No more than one wire per screw and yoke termination. 13. Duplex receptacles shall be Ground Fault Interrupting (GFI) type, Hubbell model number GFR5352IA or equal. 14. Control/Interposing Relays: All relays shall meet the following: a. Compact, general - purpose, plug -in type. b. Socket mounted. c. Contacts rated for not less than 10 amperes at 120V. d. Allen Bradley 700 -HK36 (coil voltage varies) with relay base 700 - HN121. 15. Fused Terminal Blocks. a. Screw terminals capable of accepting 10 -26 AWG wire. b. Provide Phoenix Contact UK type as required. c. Provide end barriers and end anchors as required. G. SPARES AND EXPENDABLES 1. Provide the following spare parts: a. One (1) spare 24V D.C. power supply. b. One (1) spare 12V D.C. power supply. c. Five (5) spare relays of each type provided. d. Two (2) spare surge suppressors of each type provided e. Provide the following expendables: i. Two year supply of corrosion inhibitor capsules Cardno TBE Meter Cabinets J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16941 Meter Cabinet.doc 16941 -7 2.03 ANTENNA REQUIREMENTS A. Antenna Survey/Requirements 1. The contractor shall provide a radio survey to obtain the required gain, direction and height for the new antennas to be installed at the Allen Ave. and Briar Creek locations. The Master Radio Station is located at the City's Northeast AWWTP. These antennas shall be used to transmit and receive data from the associated Meter Cabinet to the Northeast AWWTP Master Radio Station. 2. The contractor shall provide a radio survey to obtain the required gain, direction and height for the new antenna to be installed at the Cedar Creek location. The Cedar Street Meter Cabinet shall communicate to the Union Street Pumping Station. 3. The contractor shall provide a radio survey to obtain the required direction and height for the existing yagi antenna located at the existing Union Street Pumping Station. The contractor shall relocate the existing antenna on the existing tower as determined by the survey. The Union Street Pumping Station shall communicate directly with the new Cedar Street Meter Cabinet. B. Antenna Subsystem — The antenna shall be supported on a mast /pole and have DC grounding for lightning protection. The antenna mast/pole shall be hot dipped galvanized for corrosion protection. All mounting hardware shall be made of stainless steel. The mast shall meet or exceed the quality and reliability of units manufactured by Rohn (height to be determined by the contractor). The coax cable shall be the type that utilizes an inert semi - liquid compound to flood the copper braid. The coax cable shall meet or exceed the quality, reliability and performance of VB -8 manufactured by DB Products, Inc. of Dallas, Texas. Type N connectors shall be utilized at both ends of the coax. The Type N connectors shall be sealed with 3 inch sections of Alpha FIT321 -1 -0 sealant shrink tubing. The coax cable shall be secured to the mast/pole with E.V.A.- coated 316 stainless steel cable ties. The cable ties shall meet or exceed the quality, reliability and performance ofAE112 cable ties manufactured by Band -It. The antenna shall be constructed with heavy -wall tubing elements and large, rugged- machined aluminum blocks for the boom -to- element junctions. The antennas shall meet or exceed the quality, reliability and performance of the PLC -4510N manufactured by Cushcraft/Signals of Manchester, New Hampshire. The antenna/tower shall be designed to meet 150 MPH wind loading without damage. Sealed engineering drawings from a Florida professional engineer shall be submitted to the Engineer to verify the design. The contractor shall coordinate all grounding requirements with the supplier. Cardno TBE Meter Cabinets J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16941 Meter Cabinet.doc 16941 -8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Where conduits enter or leave all outlet boxes, cabinets safety switches, tap boxes, motor controllers, etc., threaded hubs shall be used. Bushings 1 -inch and larger shall be of an approved insulated type. Unless otherwise indicated, conduit 2- inches shall be supported at intervals not exceeding ten (10) feet. B. During construction, all installed raceways shall be temporarily plugged or otherwise protected from the entrance of moisture, dirt, trash, plaster, moisture, etc., through neglect of the CONTRACTOR to so protect them, shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR without additional expense to the Owner. No kinked, clogged or deformed raceways will be permitted on the job. Raceways shall be cut to proper length so that ends will fit accurately in the outlets. Where raceways cross building expansion joints, a suitable raceway expansion fitting shall be used. C. Size of raceway shall not be less than NEC requirements, but in no case shall be less than indicated on the Drawings. Combining of circuits, other than detailed, will not be permitted. The CONTRACTOR shall install larger size raceways than detailed where there is excessive length of unbroken run or excessive number of bends. D. Bends in metallic raceways shall be made while "cold" and in no case shall the raceways be heated. Raceways shall not be bent through more than 90 °. The radius of bends shall not be less than six (6) times the internal diameter of the raceway. Not more than four (4) (equivalent 90 °) bends will be permitted between outlets, the bends at the outlets being counted. E. Raceways shall be properly aligned, grouped and supported. Exposed raceways shall be installed at the right angles to or parallel to the principal structural members. Concealed raceways, unless otherwise indicated, may take the most direct route between outlets. Raceways shall be firmly held in place. Raceways shall run to avoid trapping wherever possible. Where areas are indicated for future openings, foundations, etc., all raceways shall be run around such areas. The CONTRACTOR shall provide necessary inserts in poured concrete areas and shall furnish and install all necessary sleeves through walls, floors and roofs for passage of raceways. Sleeves through roofs and /or exterior walls shall be properly sealed by the CONTRACTOR against entrance of moisture, etc., into the building. Where necessary repairs to the building structure using material in no way inferior to that originally installed and using labor skilled in the trades involved. F. Installation of conduit and wiring within the meter vault shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC) for Class I, Division 2 hazardous areas. Cardno TBE Meter Cabinets J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16941 Meter Cabinet.doc 16941 -9 3.02 CONDUCTORS A. Splices, taps and attachments of fittings and lugs shall be electrically and mechanically secure. Approved solderless lugs and connectors shall be sued for all conductors with 2 -bolt type being used for sized No. 4/0 and larger. There shall be plenty of slack cable in boxes, outlets and cabinets to insure that there is no binding at the bushings. All lugs shall be of the correct sizes for the conductor in order to fit the conductor into a lug. B. Splices or joints to other than lugs or terminals shall not be allowed. 3.03 GROUNDING A. The entire electrical system shall be completely and effectively grounded as required by the NEC and as specified hereinafter. B. All metallic raceways shall be mechanically and electrically secure at all joints and at all boxes, cabinets, fittings and equipment. Metallic raceways entering the motor control center control panels or other electrical boxes shall be grounded to the appropriate ground bus. All metallic raceways shall be electrically continuous throughout the entire conduit system. Bond wires shall be used in exterior concrete pull boxes. 3.04 SUPPORTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all necessary supports for properly mounting all electrical equipment and raceways. Such supports shall be fabricated and installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, and care shall be taken that at no time shall any portion of the building structure be overloaded. Should the building structure sustain damage through carelessness or through failure of the CONTRACTOR to properly support and install the electrical equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs involved in repairing or replacing such installation. B. All steel shapes exposed to the weather shall be galvanized after all cutting, drilling, and/or welding is done. All shop connections shall be welded or riveted and all field connections shall be bolted on all outdoor structures. Where the field cutting or drilling of galvanized steel is necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall apply one (1) coat of priming paint and one (1) finish coat of aluminum and oil paint. 3.05 APPROVED SYSTEM INTEGRATORS A. The supplier of the Meter Cabinet and associated antenna/tower shall provide the cabinet hardware as specified herein. All programming of the CompactLogix PLC, OIT and Citect screen development shall be by the engineer. Cardno TBE Meter Cabinets J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc \specs\1 6941 Meter Cabinet.doc 16941 -10 B. The supplier of the Cabinets shall provide trained, qualified personnel to assist with the startup of the Meter Cabinet system. The supplier shall provide startup and training. C. Refer to specification section 13300 for the detailed SYSTEM INTEGRATOR requirements and a list of approved integrators. 3.06 WARRANTY A. Warranty - The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall warrant all hardware provided under this contract against all defects in material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year. The two year return warranty shall also cover damage due to lightning. 3.07 SERVICE A. Service - The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall offer full factory support of the installed system through the use of factory employees. Service representatives who are not direct employees of the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR, or who are not specifically trained in the service of control systems shall be unacceptable. The customer shall have 24 hour per day access to service personnel through the use of a pager. The supplier agrees to take all necessary steps to assure prompt repair of any failed equipment. END OF SECTION Cardno TBE Meter Cabinets J: \00083 \00083200.00 \doc\specs \16941 Meter Cabinet.doc 16941 -11 1 II. 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 I ATTACHMENT A Test Hole Data Report Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacements (r) Cardno TBE Report of Specific Purpose Survey Shaping the Future Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacements The intent of this Surveyor's Report is to accompany the AutoCAD drawing file entitled "SanMeters_SUE.dwg" and Test Hole Data Report entitled "QltyLevA.pdf" as delivered via e-mail entitled "Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacements ", on April 3, 2012. Type of Survey: Specific Purpose Survey (Chapter 5J-17.050(10-j), Florida Administrative Code) to survey existing subsurface utility lines within the client specified area around existing sanitary sewer flow meter stations near the intersections of McMullen Booth Rd & Cedar St., Allen Ave. & Rigsby Lane and inside the Water Treatment Plant (near Chi Chi Rodrigez driving range); all located in Safety Harbor, FL. All subsurface utility information was designated and located by Cardno TBE's professional Subsurface Utility staff consistant with the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) Standard (Cl/ASCE 38 -02) entitled "Standard Guideline for the Collection and Depiction of Existing Subsurface Utility Data ". Field Survey Date: Last date of field efforts March 23, 2012. Cardno TBE Field Book FL -CW -256, Pages 65 -77. Date of Computations: March & April, 2012 Datum(s): Horizontal coordinate values are shown in feet and are referenced to the Florida West Zone and the North American Datum of 1983, Adjustment of 2007 (NAD 83/2007), more specifically: • A set 5/8" iron rod and cap stamped "CARDNO TBE TRAV PT LB 6668" Shown as `UA2', located in the Southeast corner McMullen Booth Rd & Cedar St. intersection (Northing = 1,332,385.70 - Easting = 427,527.55) • A set Parker Kalon nail with disk stamped "CARDNO TBE TRAV PT LB 6668" Shown as `UA4', located in the Northwest corner Allen Ave. & Rigsby Lane intersection (Northing = 1,340,490.74 - Easting = 428,728.57) Basis of bearing being N 08 °25'44" E as calculated between the control points listed above. Elevations are shown in feet and have been based on the North American Vertical Datum of 1988 (NAVD 88), more specifically: • A found rivet & City of Clearwater brass disk set in concrete sidewalk stamped "N- 16.5" (Elevation = 60.459') • A found City of Clearwater brass disk set in concrete curb inlet stamped "0- 16.5" (Elevation = 51.194') • A found 12" diameter concrete monuemtn with City of Clearwater brass disk stamped "J -15" (Elevation = 89.671') • A found City of Clearwater brass disk set in concrete curb inlet stamped "J- 16.5" (Elevation = 28.314') The horizontal control was established by Cardno TBE using the Florida Permanent Reference Network (FPRN). Vertical control elevations were established using City of Clearwater benchmarks (http: / /www.clearwater- fl.com/gov /depts /pwa/engin/ publications /benchmark/BmDatum.asp). Accuracy Statement: All measurements, distances, elevations and features shown were performed in strict accordance with the Minimum Technical Standards set forth in Chapter 5J -17, Florida Administrative Code. Report of Specific Purpose Survey April 3, 2012 Page 2 Survey Technicians: Bruce Dyson, Jr. & Andy Trayner, PSM, Field Surveyors & Ned Connolly, S.I. CNI) Cardno TBE Shaping the Future Survey Methods: Horizontal control was established at the project location utilizing the Global Positioning System (GPS) Real Time Kinematic (RTK) methods and the iMax solution from the Florida Permanent Reference Network (FPRN). Each point was observed twice from the FPRN, resulting in two (2) observations, or vectors, to each point. The measured values were averaged and used as the basis of this survey. One (1) Leica Viva GPS receiver & controller (Serial No. 1502382 & 1571358) and one (1) Airlink Raven wireless modem was used during this portion of the project. Vertical Control for this survey was obtained utilizing differential leveling techniques using a Leica DNA -03 Digital Level (Serial No. 343237). Four vertical loops were performed with loop finis- closures achieved 0.038 feet, -0.006 feet, 0.021 feet and 0.001 feet in a 0.928 mile, 1.526 mile, 0.700 mile and 0.219 mile (respectively) loop length which exceeds the minimum accuracy requirement of a maximum misclosure of 0.048 feet, 0.062 feet, 0.042 feet and 0.023 feet (respectively). Horizontal and vertical mapping for this survey was obtained with a Topcon GPT 3002W Total Station (Serial No. 3V0121) and an Allegro CE data collector with EFB (Electronic Field Book) data collection software. Prepared For: Cardno TBE City of Safety Harbor Notes: 1. The Survey Map and Report or copies thereof are not valid without the Signature and the original raised Seal of a Florida Surveyor and Mapper. 2. Additions or deletions to survey maps or reports by other than the signed party or parties is prohibited without written consent of the signing party or parties. 3. Neither the map nor the report is full and complete without the other. 4. This snap is intended to be displayed at a scale of 1 / 20 or smaller. Surveyor and Mapper 'n Responsible Charge: De i orah J. Hi Professional Surveyor and Mapper License Number LS 5196 State of Florida Cardno TBE Certificate ofAuthorization Number LB 6668 380 Park Place Blvd., Suite 300 Cleanvater, FL 33759 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 TEST HOLE DATA REPORT Cardno ( jr) TBE JOB DESCRIPTION: Quality Level A SUE JOB LOCATION: Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacements, Pinellas County, Florida DATE: April 2, 2012 TBE No.: 00083 - 200.00 TEST HOLE NO. GROUND ELEV. (FEET) DEPTH (FEET) UTILITY ELEV. (FEET) UTILITY (INCHES) TH1 -1 25.00 5.36 19.64 16" CI FM (45° BEND) TH1 -2 23.87 4.32 19.55 16" DIP FM TH1 -3 24.87 2.76 22.11 2- 1.50" PE FOC TH1-4 24.58 1.02 23.56 2 -2" PVC TS TH1 -5 23.92 4.52 19.40 10" DIP FM TH1-6 24.53 3.14 21.39 2" PVC WM TH1 -7 25.21 9.32 15.89 UNKNOWN SIZE & MATERIAL WM TH1 -8 56.34 2.74 53.60 2" PE GM TH1 -9 56.12 2.78 53.34 16" CI FM TH1 -10 52.33 3.90 48.43 12" INTO 8" PVC FM TH1 -11 52.36 4.10 48.26 8" CI FM TH1 -12 52.70 2.06 50.64 2 -4" PVC BT TH1 -13 52.85 5.90 46.95 12" DIP FM TH1 -14 52.70 2.78 49.92 2- 0.25" DBC BE TH1 -15 52.72 0.96 51.76 6" PVC STM (END CAP) TH1 -16 52.94 3.30 49.64 16" CI WM TH1 -17 52.90 1.32 51.58 1" PE WM TH1 -18 52.90 5.76 47.14 12" PVC FM TH1 -19 56.50 2.58 53.92 12" DIP FM TH1 -20 56.12 2.44 53.68 12" CI FM TH1 -21 55.78 3.68 52.10 12" DIP RW TH1 -22 56.37 3.86 52.51 18" DIP RW TH1 -23 56.37 2.82 53.55 8" CI FM Notes: 1. Unless otherwise noted, utility elevations shown are to the top of pipe. 2. Elevations shown are referenced to the North American Vertical Datum of 1988 (NAVD88). 3. A legend of abbreviations can be found on the first sheet of this report. J:\00083\00083200.00\UTLS\Survey\datasheenatyLev_A.xlsx xlsx • • = • MI • MI M — • MN • MI MN • II= MI I Cardno TBEClient 380 Park Place Blvd — Suite 300, Clearwater, FL 33759 Phone: 727 -531 -3505 / Fax: 727 - 431 -1701 SubsurfJtility Engineering Test Hole Field Data Date: 3/19/2012 TBE Project No.: 00083-200-00 Vac Truck /Trailer No.: 66018 / 55425 / 55383 Project No.: N/A SUE Crew: A.R., K.C., R.D., W.M., M.G. Proj. Road Name: Cedar St. / Allen Ave. & NE Water Pollution Control Facility Prepared By: A.R., W.M. Checked By: S.G.N. Proj. Location: Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacement Units: English ✓ Metric City, State: Safety Harbor, Florida Sheet No.: 1 OF 2 Utility Type: Utility Material: Offset Measured From: FL- Fuel Line RAW - Raw Water BE - Electrical WM - Water Main GM - Gas Line STM - Storm Sewer IRR. - Irrigation CW - Chilled Water SL - Street Light SAN - Sanitary Sewer UNK - Unknown BT - Buried Telephone FM - Force Main RW- Reclaimed Water HW - Hot Water CAN - Cable Television TS - Traffic Signal FOC - Fiber Optic Cable EXP- Explo atory Duct DIP (Ductile Iron Pipe) Lead PE (Polyethylene Pipe) Steel HDPE (High Density PE) Copper VCP (Vitrified Clay Pipe) AC (Transite) PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) Fg (Fiberglass) DBC (Direct Buried Cable) C.I. (Cast Iron) CMP (Corrugated Metal Pipe) UNK (Unknown) CPP (Corrugated Plastic Pipe) Conc. (Concrete) RCP (Reinforced Concrete Pipe) Galv. (Galvanize Pipe) 30- Edge Of Pavement 31- "X" in Concrete 32- Baseline 33- Centerline 34- Back of Curb 35- Surface Type: A- Asphalt B- Brick C- Concrete G- Gravel NG- Natural Ground RR- Riprap R- Rock 5- Shell Identified By : 20- Sleeve 21- Hub /Lathe 22- Nail /Disk 23- "X" in Concrete 24- Iron Rod & Cap 25- * Note: 22= Set Nail and Disk Stamped CardnoTBE Test Hole * Note: 24= Set Iron Rod & Cap Stamped CardnoTBE Test Hole Client Reference Number TBE Test Hole Date TBE Test Hole Number Utility Size (O.D.) Utility Material Utility Type Manual Depth (Too) Approx. Station Offset Distance Offset From Cross Sectional View Utility Direction • ��• � ID'd By Surface Type Pavement Thickness En ✓� Ft. ✓ Ft ( ✓� M. In. mm. n M. �' M. 1 L I R * 03/15/12 1 -1 16" CI FM 5.36' * 4.7' * 30 0 /--' 24 NG N/A * 03/15/12 1 -2 16" DIP FM 4.32' * 6.2' * 30 0 24 NG N/A -t —� * 03/17/12 1 -3 2 -1.5" PE FOC 2.76' * 6.4' * 30 0 0 i 24 NG N/A * 03/17/12 1 -4 2 -2" PVC TS 1.02' * 7.00' * 30 0 0 i 24 NG N/A * 03/17/12 1 -5 10" DIP FM 4.52' * 11.7' * 30 0 24 NG N/A -x—P. * 03/17/12 1 -6 2" PVC WM 3.14' * 1.4' * 30 0 I 24 NG N/A * 03/17/12 1 -7 UNK UNK WM 9.32' * 5.5' * 30 0 / 24 NG N/A * 03/20/12 1 -8 2" PE GM 2.74' * 62.6' * 30 0 / 24 NG N/A * 03/20/12 1 -9 16" CI FM 2.78' * 55.4' * 30 0 24 NG N/A —s * 03/17/12 1 -10 12" into 8" PVC FM 3.90' * 4.5' * 30 CEI ..> 24 NG N/A * 03/17/12 1 -11 8" CI FM 4.10' * 4.7' * 30 0 24 NG N/A -<-1. * 03/17/12 1 -12 2 -4" PVC BT 2.06' * 12.1' * 30 0 0 24 NG N/A ..,—s * 03/17/12 1 -13 12" DIP FM 5.90' * 15.4' * 30 0s 24 NG N/A * 03/17/12 1 -14 2- 0.25" DBC BE 2.78' * 21.0' * 30 0 0 24 NG N/A ' — * 03/17/12 1 -15 6" PVC (En d Cap) 0.96' * 22.3' * 30 0 24 NG N/A Notes: TH #1 -7, unable to visua ly verify pipe size and material due to depth and ground water. M NM • • M I MN INNII NW. • • rl) Cardno TBEClient 380 Park Place Blvd " Suite 300, Clearwater, FL 33759 Phone: 727- 531 -3505 / Fax: 727 - 431 -1701 SubsurfaWtility Engineering Test Hole Field Data Date: 3/19/2012 _ TBE Project No.: 00083-200-00 Vac Truck /Trailer No.: 66018 / 55425 Project No.: N/A SUE Crew: A.R., K.C., R.D., / D.W., R.D. Proj. Road Name: Cedar St. / Allen Ave. & NE Water Pollution Control Facility Prepared By: A.R., D.W. Checked By: S.G.N. Proj. Location: Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacement Units: English .i Metric City, State: Safety Harbor, Florida Sheet No.: 2 OF 2 Utility Type: Utility Material: Offset Measured From: FL- Fuel Line RAW - Raw Water BE - Electrical WM - Water Main GM - Gas Line STM - Storm Sewer IRR. - Irrigation CW - Chilled Water SL - Street Light SAN - Sanitary Sewer UNK - Unknown BT - Buried Telephone FM - Force Main RW- Reclaimed Water HW - Hot Water CAN - Cable Television TS - Traffic Signal FOC - Fiber Optic Cable EXP- Exploratory Duct DIP (Ductile Iron Pipe) Lead PE (Polyethylene Pipe) Steel HDPE (High Density PE) Copper VCP (Vitrified Clay Pipe) AC (Transite) PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) Fg (Fiberglass) DBC (Direct Buried Cable) C.I. (Cast Iron) CMP (Corrugated Metal Pipe) UNK (Unknown) CPP (Corrugated Plastic Pipe) Conc. (Concrete) RCP (Reinforced Concrete Pipe) Galv. (Galvanize Pipe) 30- Edge Of Pavement 31- "X" in Concrete 32- Baseline 33- Centerline 34- Back of Curb 35- Surface Type: A- Asphalt B- Brick C- Concrete G- Gravel NG- Natural Ground RR- Riprap R- Rock S- Shell Identified By 20- Sleeve 21- Hub /Lathe 22- Nail /Disk 23- "X" in Concrete 24- Iron Rod & Cap 25- * Note: 22= Set Nail and Disk Stamped CardnoTBE Test Hole * Note: 24= Set Iron Rod & Cap Stamped CardnoTBE Test Hole Client Reference Number TBE Test Hole Date TBE Test Hole Number Utility Size (O.D.) Utility Material Utility Type Manual Depth (Top) Approx. Station Offset Distance Offset From Cross Sectional View Utility Direction ► ID'd By Surface Type Pavement Thickness In. 4 Ft. 4 Ft. (-/ I M. I 1 In. u mm. n M. M. L R * 03/17/12 1 -16 16" CI WM 3.30' * 25.1' * 30 0 24 NG N/A -4—s * 03/17/12 1 -17 1" PE WM 1.32' * 22.1' * 30 0 24 NG N/A �s * 03/17/12 1 -18 12" PVC FM 5.76' * 15.7' * 30 0 24 NG N/A s * 03/20/12 1 -19 12" DIP FM 2.58' * 78.8' * 30 0 I 24 NG N/A * 03/20/12 1 -20 12" CI FM 2.44' * 68.4' * 30 0 —�► 24 NG N/A * 03/20/12 1 -21 12" DIP RW 3.68' * 72.4' * 30 0 I 24 NG N/A * 03/20/12 1 -22 18" DIP RW 3.86' * 84.8' * 30 0 24 NG N/A -4—* * 03/20/12 1 -23 8" CI FM 2.82' * 96.8' * 30 0 I 24 NG N/A Notes: ATTACHMENT B Pinellas County Public Works Right -of -Way Utilization Letter BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS Charlie Justice n Latvala t C. Long IJohn Morroni Norm Roche Karen Williams Seel Pinellas - g (ounttj'S� BUILDING & DEVELOPMENT REVIEW SERVICES ' Kenneth T. Welch Utilization Permit #14 -0185D February 19, 2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r Cardino TBE 380 Park Place Blvd., Suite 300 Clearwater, FI. 33759 Attn. Kelly Wehner, PE Re: Letter of Intent for City Of Clearwater — Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacements — (City Project No. 11- 0035 -UT) Dear Ms. Wehner: This letter will serve as our "Intent to Permit" the proposed Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Rehab. At the northeast corner of McMullen -Booth Rd. (CR -611) @ Cedar Street. Once four (4) sets of plans including the Maintenance of Traffic Plans and the Sheeting & Shoring Plan have been submitted for review and are approved, we will issue the Right -of -Way Utilization Permit's. Sincerely, Patrick S. Fox Public Works En • ineering Technician Right -of -Way Utili : ation Permits Regulatory Service Cardno TBE I File: G F P CO PR C RECVD FEB L 1 2314 PLEASE ADDRESS REPLY TO: 440 Court Street Clearwater, Florida 33756 Phone: (727) 464 -3888 SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents: CONTRACT BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 14 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 15 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 17 SectionV.docx Page i 7/29/2013 BOND NUMBER: 106103464 CONTRACT BOND (1) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF MIAMI -DADE KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we Metro Equipment Service, Inc., as Contractor and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America (Surety) whose home addressiS One Tower Square, Hartford, CT 06183 HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety ", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner ") in the penal sum of: SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY -SIX THOUSAND, FIFTY Dollars (S676,050.00) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the day of , 2014, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: SAFETY HARBOR SANITARY SEWER FLOW METER REPLACEMENTS PROJECT #: 11- 0035 -UT a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub - Contractor, or Sub - Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. SectionV.docx Page 1 of 17 7/29/2013 CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 27th day of May , 2014. WITNESS: tlitiayeae.A COUNTERSIGNED: Charles D. Nielson SectionV.docx METRO EQUIPMENT SERYtCE, INC. L. Godoy, President Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America SURETY By: C, LiaJ D. ATTORNEY -IN -FACT �'�1 °: Charles D. Nielson, Attorney; in-Fact� =_` The provisions and limitations of Section 235,05 Florida-Statutes. including but not limited to the notice and time limitations in Sections 255.05(2) and 255.05(10). are incorporated in this bond by reference. Page 2 of 17 7/29/2013 Bond No. Contractor's Name: Contractor's Address: Contractor's Phone No. Surety Company: Surety's Address: Surety's Phone No. Owner's Name: Owner's Address: Owner's Phone No. Nielson, Hoover & Associates Bond Department PUBLIC WORKS BOND In compliance with Florida statutes 255.05 (i) (a) 106103464 Metro Equipment Service, Inc. 9415 SW 72 St., Ste 131, Miami, FL 33173 305 - 740 -3303 Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America One Tower Square, Hartford, CT 06183 860 - 277 -0111 City of Clearwater, Florida 100 S Myrtle Ave., Ste 220, Clearwater, FL 33756 727 - 562 -4750 Obligee's Name: (If contracting entity is different from the owner, the contracting public entity) Obligee's Address: Obligee's Phone No. Contract No. (If applicable): Project Name: Project Location: Legal Description: Description of Work: Project No. 11- 0035 -UT Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Metter Replacements Clearwater, Florida Various Locations Utility Work FRONT PAGE ALL OTHER BOND PAGE(S) ARE DEEMED SUBSEQUENT TO THIS PAGE REGARDLESS OF ANY PAGE NUMBER(S) THAT MAY BE PREPRINTED THEREON TRAVELERSJ Attorney -In Fact No. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER POWER OF ATTORNEY Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company 225989 St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certificate No. 005858009 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Farmington Casualty Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies "), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Charles D. Nielson, Charles J. Nielson, Mary C. Aceves, David R. Hoover, Gicelle Pajon, Olga Iglesias, and Arthur Colley of the City of Miami Lakes , State of Florida , their true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and the day of April 2014 State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 8th Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company On this the 8th day of April 2014 before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2016. 58440 -8 -12 Printed in U.S.A. V\.04Aiiht C ..e%/01•AIL+ Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attomey executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this 27 th day of May 2014 . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 lam_ Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Sec tary 1 1 To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1- 800 - 421 -3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attomey -In -Fact number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. 1 1 1 WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this ,^ ay of , 20 » / by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, herein er designated as the "City ", and Metro Equipment Service, Inc., of the City of Miami, County of Miami -Dade and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: SAFETY HARBOR SANITARY SEWER FLOW METER REPLACEMENTS ( #11- 0035 -UT) in the amount of $676,050.00 (SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY -SIX THOUSAND, FIFTY DOLLARS) In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. SectionV.docx Page 3 of 17 7/29/2013 CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SectionV.docx Page 4 of 17 7/29/2013 CONTRACT (3) The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statues (2013), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. SectionV.docx Page 5 of 17 7/29/2013 orporatioiD CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: VY "`�Ww ✓V, ^V /1 ih -Yom/ William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: -1001f n trt \eVOj George N. Cretekos, Mayor (Contractor must indicate whether Partnership, Company or Individual.) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). SectionV.docx Page 6 of 17 Attest: Rosemarie Call City Clerk (SEAL) Approved as to form: Assistant City Attorney METRO EQUIPMENT SERVICE, INC. 7/29/2013 5/28/2014 FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF STATE DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS Detail byEntityName Detail by Entity Name Florida Profit Corporation METRO EQUtMENT SERVICE, INC. Filing Information Document Number M52968 FEUEIN Number 650010248 Date Filed 05/28/1987 State FL Status ACTIVE Last Event AMENDMENT Event Date Filed 01/14/2013 Event Effective Date NONE Principal Address 9415 SW 72 STREET SUITE 131 MIAMI, FL 33173 Changed: 04/03/2012 Mailing Address 9415 SW 72 STREET SUITE 131 MIAMI, FL 33173 Changed: 04/03/2012 Registered Agent Name & Address GODOY, JORGE L 9415 SW 72 STREET SUITE 131 MIAMI, FL 33173 Name Changed: 05/05/2011 Address Changed: 04/03/2012 Officer /Director Detail Name & Address httpJ/ search .sunbiz.org /Inn uiry /Corporation ch/SearchResultDetai l/EntityName /dome- m52968- 9e155c02 -a5d9- 4650 -8c82 19409d4b07a8/metro %20eguipme... 1/3 5/28/2014 Title PST GODOY, JORGE L 9415 SW 72 STREET #131 MIAMI, FL 33173 Annual Reports Report Year 2012 2013 2014 Document Images Filed Date 04/03/2012 04/12/2013 04/17/2014 04/17/2014 — ANNUAL REPORT 04/12/2013 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/14/2013 — Amendment 04/03/2012 — ANNUAL REPORT 05/05/2011 — Amendment 04/07/2011 — ANNUAL REPORT 07/20/2010 — Reg. Agent Change 03/03/2010 — ANNUAL REPORT 04/29/2009 — ANNUAL REPORT 03/31/2008 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/09/2007 — ANNUAL REPORT 02/17/2006 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/14/2005 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/27/2004 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/10/2003 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/30/2002 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/19/2001 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/27/2000 — ANNUAL REPORT 03/17/1999 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/20/1998 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/21/1997 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/26/1996 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/24/1995 — ANNUAL REPORT Detail by Entity Name View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format http:// search. sunbiz. org/Inquiry/ CorporationSearch (SearchResultDetail/Enti tyName /dome- m52968- 9e155c02 -a5d9-4650- 8c82- f9409d4b07a8/metro %20eguip ne... 2/3 5/28/2014 Detail by Entity Name http:// search. sunbiz. arg/InquiICorporationSearch/ SearchResultDetail/ EntityNameldomp-- 52968- 9e155c02- a5d34650 -8c8249409d4b07a8/metro %20eguipme... 3/3 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORM) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF MIAMI -DADE On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is the (TITLE) of METRO EQUIPMENT SERVICE, INC., a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 9415 SW 72ND STREET, SUITE 131, MIAMI, FLORIDA, 33173 (herein, the "Contractor "). That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of , 20 with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: SAFETY HARBOR SANITARY SEWER FLOW METER REPLACEMENTS ( #11- 0035 -UT) That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub - contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me This day of , 20 . NOTARY PUBLIC AFFIANT BY: My Commission Expires: PRESIDENT SectionV.docx Page 7 of 17 7/29/2013 PROPOSAL BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Metro Equipment Service, Inc. as Principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America as Surety, who's address is One Tower Square, Hartford, CT 06183 , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid Dollars ($ 10% ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Metro Equipment Service, Inc. as Principal, and Tra ele ;s Casualty and Surety Company y p of imerica as Surety, for work specified as: Safety Harbor Sanitary Sewer Flow Meter Replacements (11- 0035 -UT) all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Signed this 17th day of April (Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). Sectionv.docx ,20 14. Metro Eq /uipme t Service, Inc. tc_4l lipal y: Jorge L. Codoy, President Title Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Surety Charles D. Nielson, Attorney -in -Fact Page 8 of 17 7/29/2013 TRAVELERS J Attorney -In Fact No. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER POWER OF ATTORNEY Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company 225989 St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certificate No. 00 58580 8 5 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Farmington Casualty Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies "), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Charles D. Nielson, Charles J. Nielson, Mary C. Aceves, David R. Hoover, Gicelle Pajon, Olga Iglesias, and Arthur Colley of the City of Miami Lakes , State of Florida , their true and lawful Attomey(s) -in -Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 8th day of April 2014 State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company By: Robert L. Raney, enior Vice President On this the 8th day of April 2014 , before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2016. 58440 -8 -12 Printed in U.S.A. \cf \.6kAih C . . Mane C. Tetreault, Notary Public WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this 17th day of April 20 14 ri✓' Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Sec tary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1- 800 - 421 -3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney -In -Fact number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF J arrni - L2 L ) �n r L • ("baie)/ � being duly sworn, deposes and Secretary ry 7%7e,Lro 6- 4,epdi Mme., vie rz, /cc a corporation organized andexifting under and by virtue of the laws of the State of its principal office at: Ff /65`i/ 71.57- (Street & Number) (City) says that he /she is Florida, and having V.gel, FL (County) (State) Affiant/ further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by -laws of ;3" (Name of Corpol'ation) Affiant further says that f D� e___L., chy is ia.es/�C�'e✓�' (Officers Name) / (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal f o r fiei'va i_16-4-014-4-4v1 j f fri -4-r - or said corporation by virtue of (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Sworn to before me this /7 day of Ii7iW50.7 Z 7 Type /print/stamp name of Notary iadf Title or rank, and Serial No., if any ,o� ��;• "Y,, DANIEL GONZALEZ .:= Commission # EE 099730 �•�x_- I Expires June 2, 2015 „W W Bonded Thru Troy Fain Insurance 800.385.7019 rw�w� SectionV.docx Page 9 of 17 7/29/2013 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA / ) COUNTY OF4,vn( -l�ah %OrgG 1.. 6dnl being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is of ,//f �i`�inc• -�- i ',ec c the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Sworn to and subscribed before me this /744 day of i; l Nota I' 'ant ,20 /f". l .:Py'•- DANIEL GONZALEZ Commission # EE 099730 Expires June 2, 2015 o;; go Fl°c Bonded T ru Troy Fain Insurance 800 -385 -7019 SectionV.docx Page 10 of 17 7/29/2013 PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for SAFETY HARBOR SANITARY SEWER FLOW METER REPLACEMENTS ( #11- 0035 -UT) and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked SAFETY HARBOR SANITARY SEWER FLOW METER REPLACEMENTS ( #11- 0035 -UT) Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this. Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SectionV.docx Page 11 of 17 7/29/2013 PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). /B Z ($ io7 The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: Croeloi CPres iJe,i Secre vy) N/5- 6141 7,t 67-..(1/;?em; / -4 34/73 Signature of Bidder: 4h.,'f'',, (The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company jr Individual). SectionV.docx Page 12 of 17 7/29/2013 PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principa : e;r _ / . edoy 9 By: Title: Pee‘/ e,.17/ Busi i ss Address of Bidder: 9y /s— 51i/ 2.2 57 Sc,i /'/ City and State: ,4/j i, i� FG Dated at /1140 , ft- , this /714 day of Zip Code 33/73 arz- •/ , A.D., 204K SectionV.docx Page 13 of 17 7/29/2013 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: SAFETY HARBOR SANITARY SEWER FLOW METER REPLACEMENTS ( #11- 0035 -UT) Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. ' Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: (Na e of B. de (Si ( /12144 .4'Y,CG C ature of fficer ,e5/ re4n 1 Ale of Officer) wig,,-/ /7, JD /9 (Dat SectionV.docx Page 14 of 17 7/29/2013 1 1 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: SAFETY HARBOR SANITARY SEWER FLOW METER REPLACEMENTS ( #11- 0035 -UT) CONTRACTOR: Metro Equipment Service Inc. BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ 676,211.26 (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: Six Hundred Seventy Six Thousand Two hundred Eleven Dollars 26/100 (Words) ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT EST. QTY. UNIT PRICE TOTAL 1 Mobilization LS 1 $69,500.00 $69,500.00 2 Furnish and Install Flow Meter & Vault at Cedar Street LS 1 $150,000.00 $150,000.00 3 Furnish and Install Flow Meter at Allen Avenue LS 1 $145,000.00 $145,000.00 4 Furnish and Install Flow Meter at Briar Creek LS 1 $270,000.00 $270,000.00 5 Furnish and Install Milling SY 1000 $2.00 $2,000.00 6 Furnish and Install Asphalt TON 50 $100.00 $5,000.00 7 Unsuitable Material Removal CY 50 $5.00 $250.00 8 Additional Select Fill Material CY 50 $12.00 $600.00 9 Miscellaneous Concrete CY 50 $100.00 $5,000.00 10 Additional Ductile Iron Fittings TON 1 $3,700.00 $3,700.00 SUBTOTAL $651,050.00 11 Owner's Contingency $25,000.00 TOTAL $676,050.00 In the following table, the Bidder shall circle as part of the Bid, the Subcontractor to be utilized for the System Integrator. The Bidder agrees that the Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the System Integrator named in the Contract Documents in accordance with the Technical Specifications. Failure to indicate this information on the Bid shall cause for the System Integrator to default to A) BCI Technologies, Fort Myers, Florida. If a Bidder names a System Integrator not from those listed in the Technical Specifications, then the bid will be rejected. Trade Subcontractor's Name System Integrator A) BCI Technologies, Fort Myers, Florida B) C2i Co • 1 . • . • ors is © Unitron Controls, Lakeland, Flori • a SectionV.docx Page 15 of 17 7/29/2013 THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. SectionV.docx Page 16 of 17 7/29/2013 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION HI, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities i the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF F! /r/ t:'a, I L uthori ignature Z. a me • e _eiVA Title vr' #11 e Seri//e 27C Name of Ertfity /Corporation COUNTY OF "irh9/` ale— The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this /7 day of A i , 20A_, by jive_ , 4, d (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the /- ei /ae,, / (title) of /new/ $ei+viGL (name f corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein ../ , or produced a (type ondenfification) as identification, and who did/ id not take an oa I'Vi"ii'''% DANIEL GONZALEZ •� ` Commission # EE 099730 irnv v- Expires June 2, 2015 Do thw, Bonded Thru Troy Fain Insurance 800.39§ -7019 My Commission Expires: 6/,J4'/$ NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SectionV.docx Page 17 of 17 Notar P AN /G / /! ea Printed Name 7/29/2013